Make vc-test-svn03-working-revision pass
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blob8341c380c42a068f25318237de57d1ea23549f16
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21710 32133 703297 588000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21710 32133
69 ;;;;;; 713297 640000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21710 32133
89 ;;;;;; 713297 640000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21710 32133
100 ;;;;;; 714297 645000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21710 32133 814298
112 ;;;;;; 165000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21710 32133
242 ;;;;;; 447296 257000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21710 32133 376295 888000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21710 32133 379295 903000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21710
841 ;;;;;; 32133 377295 893000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21710 32133 627297
900 ;;;;;; 192000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21710 32133 704297
922 ;;;;;; 593000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21710 32133 379295
955 ;;;;;; 903000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21710
982 ;;;;;; 32133 715297 650000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21710 32133 399296
1019 ;;;;;; 7000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21710 32133 380295
1041 ;;;;;; 908000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21710 32133 380295
1157 ;;;;;; 908000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21710 32133 381295 913000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21710 32133
1249 ;;;;;; 788298 29000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21710 32133
1456 ;;;;;; 715297 650000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21710
1484 ;;;;;; 32133 514296 605000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21710 32133 381295
1497 ;;;;;; 913000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21710 32133
1558 ;;;;;; 715297 650000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21710 32133 381295
1569 ;;;;;; 913000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21710
1608 ;;;;;; 32133 448296 262000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657 ;;;***
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21710 32133 381295
1660 ;;;;;; 913000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746 ;;;***
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21710 32133 381295 913000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784 ;;;***
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21710 32133
1787 ;;;;;; 715297 650000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1803 ;;;***
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21710 32133 382295
1806 ;;;;;; 919000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1839 ;;;***
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21710
1842 ;;;;;; 32133 448296 262000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1876 ;;;***
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21710 32133
1879 ;;;;;; 790298 40000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1918 Special information:
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1968 ;;;***
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 788298 29000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1979 ;;;***
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21710 32133 599297
1982 ;;;;;; 47000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2004 ;;;***
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21710 32133
2007 ;;;;;; 704297 593000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2014 What is blackbox?
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2023 Overview of play:
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2045 Details:
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2124 ;;;***
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21710 32133 383295
2127 ;;;;;; 924000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2318 ;;;***
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21710 32384
2321 ;;;;;; 457601 257000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2385 to use.
2387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 Firefox.
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 Chromium.
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 current one.
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2634 ;;;***
2636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21710 32133 383295 924000))
2637 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2638 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2661 \\<bs-mode-map>
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2675 ;;;***
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21710 32133 704297
2678 ;;;;;; 593000))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2682 Play Bubbles game.
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2695 \(fn)" t nil)
2697 ;;;***
2699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 715297 650000))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2718 ;;;***
2720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21710
2721 ;;;;;; 32133 451296 277000))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2730 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2731 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2732 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2733 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2734 else the global value will be modified.
2736 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2741 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2747 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2749 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2751 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2753 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2754 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2755 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2756 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2758 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2759 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2760 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2761 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2762 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2763 before scanning it.
2765 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2766 that already has a `.elc' file.
2768 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2769 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2771 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2773 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2774 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2775 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2776 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2778 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2780 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2782 Print the result in the echo area.
2783 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2787 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2788 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2789 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2791 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2793 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2794 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2795 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2796 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2797 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2798 all functions called by those functions.
2800 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2801 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2802 cons, etc.).
2804 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2805 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2806 invoked interactively.
2808 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2810 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2811 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2812 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2813 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2815 \(fn)" nil nil)
2817 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2818 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2819 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2820 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2821 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2823 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2824 already up-to-date.
2826 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2830 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2831 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2833 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2834 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2835 and corresponding effects.
2837 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2839 ;;;***
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21710
2842 ;;;;;; 32133 399296 7000))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2845 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2847 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2849 ;;;***
2851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21710 32133
2852 ;;;;;; 400296 12000))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2857 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2859 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2861 ;;;***
2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21710
2864 ;;;;;; 32133 400296 12000))
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2867 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2868 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2869 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2870 from the cursor position.
2872 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2874 ;;;***
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21710 32133 396295 992000))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2878 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2880 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2881 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2885 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2886 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2888 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2890 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2891 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2893 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2895 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2896 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2897 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2898 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2900 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2902 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2903 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2904 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2905 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2907 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2909 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2910 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2911 This is most useful in the X window system.
2912 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2913 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2915 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2917 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2918 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2919 See calc-keypad for details.
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2923 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2924 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2926 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2928 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2929 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2931 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2933 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2934 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2936 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2938 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2939 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2940 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2942 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2944 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2945 Define Calc function.
2947 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2948 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2949 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2951 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2952 actual Lisp function name.
2954 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2956 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2958 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2960 ;;;***
2962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21710 32133
2963 ;;;;;; 394295 981000))
2964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2966 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2969 \(fn N)" t nil)
2971 ;;;***
2973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21710 32133 399296
2974 ;;;;;; 7000))
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2977 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2978 Run the Emacs calculator.
2979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2981 \(fn)" t nil)
2983 ;;;***
2985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21710 32133
2986 ;;;;;; 403296 28000))
2987 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2989 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2990 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2991 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2992 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2993 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2994 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2996 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2997 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2998 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2999 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3000 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3001 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3002 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3003 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3004 window.
3006 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3007 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3009 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3010 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3011 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3012 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3013 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3014 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3016 Runs the following hooks:
3018 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3019 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3020 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3021 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3023 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3027 ;;;***
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21710 32133 514296
3030 ;;;;;; 605000))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3033 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3034 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3036 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3038 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3039 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3040 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3041 it fails.
3043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3045 ;;;***
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21710
3048 ;;;;;; 32133 721297 681000))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3051 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3052 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3054 \(fn)" nil nil)
3056 ;;;***
3058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21710 32133
3059 ;;;;;; 722297 686000))
3060 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3062 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3063 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3065 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3066 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3068 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3069 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3071 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3073 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3074 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3075 made from scratch.
3077 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3079 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3080 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3082 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3083 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3084 made from scratch.
3086 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3088 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3089 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3091 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3093 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3094 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3095 made from scratch.
3097 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3099 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3100 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3102 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3103 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3104 made from scratch.
3106 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3108 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3109 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3111 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3113 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3114 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3115 made from scratch.
3117 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3119 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3120 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3122 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3123 variables are guessed:
3125 * `c-basic-offset', and
3126 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3127 `c-offsets-alist'.
3129 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3130 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3132 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3133 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3135 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3136 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3137 guess is made from scratch.
3139 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3140 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3146 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3147 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3149 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3150 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3151 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3153 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3155 ;;;***
3157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21710 32133
3158 ;;;;;; 724297 697000))
3159 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3161 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3162 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3163 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3164 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3165 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3166 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3167 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3169 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3171 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3172 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3173 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3174 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3175 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3176 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3179 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3180 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3181 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3182 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3183 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3184 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3186 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3188 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3189 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3191 Key bindings:
3192 \\{c-mode-map}
3194 \(fn)" t nil)
3196 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3197 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3198 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3199 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3200 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3201 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3202 message.
3204 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3206 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3207 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3209 Key bindings:
3210 \\{c++-mode-map}
3212 \(fn)" t nil)
3213 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3215 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3216 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3217 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3218 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3219 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3220 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3221 message.
3223 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3225 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3226 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3228 Key bindings:
3229 \\{objc-mode-map}
3231 \(fn)" t nil)
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3234 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3235 Major mode for editing Java code.
3236 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3237 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3238 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3239 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3240 message.
3242 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3244 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3245 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3247 Key bindings:
3248 \\{java-mode-map}
3250 \(fn)" t nil)
3251 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3253 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3254 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3255 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3256 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3257 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3258 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3259 message.
3261 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3263 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3264 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3266 Key bindings:
3267 \\{idl-mode-map}
3269 \(fn)" t nil)
3270 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3271 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3273 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3274 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3275 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3276 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3277 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3278 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3279 message.
3281 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3283 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3284 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3286 Key bindings:
3287 \\{pike-mode-map}
3289 \(fn)" t nil)
3290 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3291 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3292 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3293 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3294 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3296 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3297 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3298 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3299 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3300 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3301 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3303 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3305 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3306 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3308 Key bindings:
3309 \\{awk-mode-map}
3311 \(fn)" t nil)
3313 ;;;***
3315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21710
3316 ;;;;;; 32133 724297 697000))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3319 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3320 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3321 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3322 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3324 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3326 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3327 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3328 might get set too.
3330 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3331 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3332 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3333 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3334 in this way.
3336 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3337 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3338 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3339 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3340 a null operation.
3342 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3344 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3345 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3346 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3347 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3349 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3351 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3352 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3353 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3355 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3357 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3358 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3359 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3360 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3361 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3363 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3365 ;;;***
3367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21710 32133
3368 ;;;;;; 725297 702000))
3369 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3370 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3371 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3372 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3374 ;;;***
3376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21710 32133 564296
3377 ;;;;;; 865000))
3378 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3380 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3381 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3383 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3385 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3386 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3388 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3390 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3391 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3393 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3394 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3395 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3396 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3397 execution.
3399 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3401 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3403 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3404 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3406 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3407 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3408 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3409 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3411 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3412 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3413 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3414 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3415 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3416 `write' commands.
3418 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3419 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3420 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3421 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3423 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3424 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3425 semantics.
3427 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3429 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3431 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3433 STATEMENT :=
3434 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3435 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3437 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3438 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3439 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3440 | integer
3442 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3444 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3445 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3446 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3448 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3449 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3450 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3452 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3454 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3455 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3456 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3457 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3458 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3459 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3460 ;; last STATEMENT.
3461 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3463 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3464 BREAK := (break)
3466 REPEAT :=
3467 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3468 (repeat)
3469 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3470 ;; (repeat))
3471 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3472 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3473 ;; (read REG)
3474 ;; (repeat))
3475 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3476 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3477 ;; (read REG)
3478 ;; (repeat))
3479 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3481 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3482 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3483 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3484 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3485 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3486 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3487 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3488 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3489 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3490 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3491 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3492 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3493 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3494 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3495 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3496 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3498 WRITE :=
3499 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3500 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3501 ;; representation.
3502 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3503 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3504 ;; (write r7))
3505 | (write EXPRESSION)
3506 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3507 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3508 ;; representation.
3509 | (write integer)
3510 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3511 ;; buffer.
3512 | (write string)
3513 ;; Same as: (write string)
3514 | string
3515 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3516 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3517 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3518 ;; representation.
3519 | (write REG ARRAY)
3520 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3521 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3522 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3523 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3524 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3525 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3527 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3528 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3530 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3531 END := (end)
3533 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3534 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3535 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3537 ARG := REG | integer
3539 OPERATOR :=
3540 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3541 + | - | * | / | %
3543 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3544 | & | `|' | ^
3546 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3547 | << | >>
3549 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3550 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3551 | <8
3553 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3554 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3555 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3556 | >8
3558 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3559 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3560 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3561 | //
3563 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3564 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3566 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3567 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3568 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3569 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3570 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3571 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3572 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3573 | de-sjis
3575 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3576 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3577 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3580 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3581 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3582 ;; byte of SJIS.
3583 | en-sjis
3585 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3586 ;; Same meaning as C code
3587 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3589 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3590 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3591 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3592 | <8=
3594 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3595 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3596 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3598 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3599 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3600 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3601 | //=
3603 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3606 TRANSLATE :=
3607 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3608 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3609 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3610 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3611 ;; respectively.
3612 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3613 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3614 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3615 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3617 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3618 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3619 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3621 LOOKUP :=
3622 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3623 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3624 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3625 ;; respectively.
3626 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3627 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3628 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3630 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3631 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3632 ;; REG.
3633 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3634 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3635 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3637 MAP :=
3638 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3639 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3640 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3641 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3643 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3644 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3645 MAP-ID := integer
3647 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3649 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3651 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3652 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3653 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3654 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3655 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3656 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3658 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3660 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3661 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3662 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3664 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3666 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3668 ;;;***
3670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21710 32133
3671 ;;;;;; 451296 277000))
3672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3674 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3675 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3676 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3677 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3679 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3681 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3683 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3684 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3686 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3688 ;;;***
3690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21710 32133 409296
3691 ;;;;;; 59000))
3692 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3693 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3695 ;;;***
3697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21710 32133
3698 ;;;;;; 725297 702000))
3699 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3700 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3702 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3703 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3704 There are no special keybindings by default.
3706 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3707 to the action header.
3709 \(fn)" t nil)
3711 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3712 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3713 There are no special keybindings by default.
3715 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3716 to the action header.
3718 \(fn)" t nil)
3720 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3721 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3723 \(fn)" t nil)
3725 ;;;***
3727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21710 32133
3728 ;;;;;; 451296 277000))
3729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3730 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3732 ;;;***
3734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3735 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 451296 277000))
3736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3738 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3739 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3740 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3742 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3744 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3745 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3746 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3748 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3750 ;;;***
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21710
3753 ;;;;;; 32133 452296 283000))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3755 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3756 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3757 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3758 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3759 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3760 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3761 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3762 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3763 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3765 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3768 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3769 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3770 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3772 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3773 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3774 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3775 the users will view as each check is completed.
3777 \(fn)" t nil)
3779 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3780 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3781 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3782 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3783 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3784 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3785 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3786 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3788 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3790 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3791 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3792 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3793 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3794 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3795 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3796 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3797 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3799 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3801 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3802 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3803 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3804 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3805 spacing are all verified.
3807 \(fn)" t nil)
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3810 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3811 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3812 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3813 otherwise stop after the first error.
3815 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3817 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3818 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3819 Only documentation strings are checked.
3820 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3821 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3822 a separate buffer.
3824 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3827 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3828 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3829 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3830 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3832 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3835 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3836 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3837 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3838 if there is one.
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3843 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3844 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3845 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3846 if there is one.
3847 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3852 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3853 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3855 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3858 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3859 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3860 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3861 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3863 \(fn)" t nil)
3865 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3866 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3867 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3868 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3869 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3870 space at the end of each line.
3872 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3874 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3875 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3876 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3877 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3879 \(fn)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3882 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3883 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3884 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3886 \(fn)" t nil)
3888 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3889 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3890 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3891 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3893 \(fn)" t nil)
3895 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3896 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3897 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3898 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3900 \(fn)" t nil)
3902 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3903 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3904 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3905 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3907 \(fn)" t nil)
3909 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3910 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3911 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3912 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3914 \(fn)" t nil)
3916 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3917 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3918 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3919 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3921 \(fn)" t nil)
3923 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3924 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3925 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3926 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3928 \(fn)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3931 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3932 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3933 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3935 \(fn)" t nil)
3937 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3938 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3939 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3940 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3941 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3943 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3944 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3945 checking of documentation strings.
3947 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3951 ;;;***
3953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21710
3954 ;;;;;; 32133 574296 917000))
3955 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3957 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3958 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3959 Return the length of resulting text.
3961 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3963 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3964 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3966 \(fn)" t nil)
3968 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3969 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3970 Return the length of resulting text.
3972 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3974 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3975 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3977 \(fn)" t nil)
3979 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3982 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3984 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3987 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3989 ;;;***
3991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21710 32133 434296
3992 ;;;;;; 189000))
3993 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3995 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3996 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3997 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3998 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3999 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4000 editing and the result is evaluated.
4002 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4004 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4005 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4006 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4007 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4008 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4010 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4012 \(fn)" t nil)
4014 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4015 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4016 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4017 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4018 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4020 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4021 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4022 \\{command-history-map}
4024 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4025 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4027 \(fn)" t nil)
4029 ;;;***
4031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21710
4032 ;;;;;; 32133 453296 288000))
4033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4035 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4036 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4037 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4038 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4039 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4040 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4041 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4042 of this function.
4044 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4045 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4046 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4047 property are:
4049 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4050 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4052 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4053 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4054 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4055 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4056 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4057 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4058 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4059 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4060 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4061 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4062 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4063 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4065 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4066 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4067 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4069 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4070 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4071 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4072 list elements are:
4074 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4076 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4078 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4080 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4081 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4083 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4084 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4086 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4087 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4088 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4089 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4090 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4091 value specified by their associated list element.
4093 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4095 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4096 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4097 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4099 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4100 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4101 * indent the first argument by 4.
4102 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4103 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4104 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4106 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4107 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4108 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4109 instead.
4111 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4113 ;;;***
4115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21710 32133
4116 ;;;;;; 453296 288000))
4117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4118 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4120 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4122 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4123 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4124 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4125 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4126 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4127 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4129 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4130 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4132 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4134 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4136 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4138 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4140 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4142 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4144 ;;;***
4146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21710 32133
4147 ;;;;;; 725297 702000))
4148 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4150 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4151 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4152 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4153 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4155 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4156 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4157 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4158 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4160 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4161 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4163 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4165 ;;;***
4167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21710 32133 434296
4168 ;;;;;; 189000))
4169 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4171 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4172 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4173 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4174 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4175 of `scheme-program-name').
4176 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4177 it is given as initial input.
4178 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4179 discards input when it starts up.
4180 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4181 is run).
4182 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4184 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4186 ;;;***
4188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21710 32133 435296 194000))
4189 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4191 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4192 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4193 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4194 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4196 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4197 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4199 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4200 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4201 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4203 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4205 ;;;***
4207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21710 32133 436296 200000))
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4210 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4211 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4212 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4213 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4214 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4215 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4216 functions have already modified the buffer.
4218 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4220 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4221 either globally or locally.")
4223 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4224 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4225 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4226 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4228 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4229 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4230 `start-file-process'
4231 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4232 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4233 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4235 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4236 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4238 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4240 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4242 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4244 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4245 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4246 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4247 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4248 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4249 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4250 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4251 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4252 process as its initial input.
4254 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4256 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4258 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4260 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4261 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4262 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4263 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4264 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4265 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4267 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4269 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4271 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4272 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4273 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4274 directory tracking functions.")
4276 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4277 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4278 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4280 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4282 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4284 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4285 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4286 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4288 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4290 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4292 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4293 Send COMMAND to current process.
4294 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4295 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4297 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4299 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4300 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4301 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4302 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4304 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4306 ;;;***
4308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21710 32133
4309 ;;;;;; 814298 165000))
4310 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4312 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4313 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4314 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4315 to get another window.
4317 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4318 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4320 This command pushes the mark in each window
4321 at the prior location of point in that window.
4322 If both windows display the same buffer,
4323 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4324 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4326 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4327 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4328 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4329 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4330 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4331 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4332 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4333 ignored.
4335 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4336 this command work in interlaced mode:
4337 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4338 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4339 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4341 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4343 ;;;***
4345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21710 32133
4346 ;;;;;; 726297 707000))
4347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4349 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4350 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4352 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4354 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4355 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4356 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4358 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4360 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4361 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4362 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4364 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4366 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4367 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4368 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4369 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4370 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4372 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4373 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4374 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4375 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4376 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4378 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4379 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4380 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4381 describing how the process finished.")
4383 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4384 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4385 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4386 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4387 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4389 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4390 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4391 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4393 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4395 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4396 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4397 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4398 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4400 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4402 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4403 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4405 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4406 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4408 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4409 (lambda ()
4410 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4411 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4412 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4413 (concat \"make -k \"
4414 (if buffer-file-name
4415 (shell-quote-argument
4416 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4418 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4419 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4421 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4422 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4423 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4424 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4426 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4428 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4429 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4430 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4431 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4433 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4434 and move to the source code that caused it.
4436 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4437 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4439 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4440 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4441 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4442 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4443 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4445 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4446 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4447 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4448 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4450 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4451 kills its subprocesses.
4453 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4454 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4455 to a function that generates a unique name.
4457 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4459 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4460 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4461 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4462 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4464 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4465 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4467 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4468 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4469 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4470 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4472 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4473 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4474 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4476 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4478 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4480 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4481 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4482 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4483 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4484 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4486 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4488 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4490 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4492 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4494 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4495 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4497 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4498 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4500 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4501 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4502 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4503 See `compilation-mode'.
4505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4507 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4508 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4510 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4511 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4513 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4514 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4515 `compilation-mode'.
4517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4519 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4520 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4521 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4523 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4525 ;;;***
4527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21710 32133 436296
4528 ;;;;;; 200000))
4529 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4531 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4532 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4533 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4536 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4538 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4540 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4541 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4543 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4544 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4548 ;;;***
4550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21710
4551 ;;;;;; 32133 790298 40000))
4552 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4554 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4555 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4556 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4557 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4558 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4559 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4560 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4562 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4563 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4564 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4566 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4567 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4568 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4570 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4571 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4572 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4573 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4575 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4576 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4577 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4578 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4579 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4580 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4581 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4583 \\{conf-mode-map}
4585 \(fn)" t nil)
4587 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4588 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4589 Comments start with `#'.
4590 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4592 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4594 \[Desktop Entry]
4595 Encoding=UTF-8
4596 Name=The GIMP
4597 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4598 Name[cs]=GIMP
4600 \(fn)" t nil)
4602 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4603 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4604 Comments start with `;'.
4605 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4607 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4609 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4610 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4611 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4613 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4614 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4616 \(fn)" t nil)
4618 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4619 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4620 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4621 between `/*' and `*/'.
4622 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4624 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4625 // another kind of comment
4626 /* yet another */
4628 name:value
4629 name=value
4630 name value
4631 x.1 =
4632 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4633 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4635 \(fn)" t nil)
4637 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4638 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4639 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4640 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4641 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4642 `conf-space-keywords'.
4643 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4644 in an interactive fashion instead.
4646 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4648 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4650 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4651 image/png png
4652 image/tiff tiff tif
4654 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4655 class desktop
4656 # Standard multimedia devices
4657 add /dev/audio desktop
4658 add /dev/mixer desktop
4660 \(fn)" t nil)
4662 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4663 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4664 See `conf-space-mode'.
4666 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4668 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4669 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4670 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4671 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4673 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4675 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4676 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4678 \(fn)" t nil)
4680 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4681 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4682 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4683 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4685 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4687 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4688 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4690 \(fn)" t nil)
4692 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4693 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4694 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4695 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4697 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4699 *background: gray99
4700 *foreground: black
4702 \(fn)" t nil)
4704 ;;;***
4706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21710 32133 704297
4707 ;;;;;; 593000))
4708 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4710 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4711 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4712 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4713 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4714 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4715 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4717 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4719 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4720 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4721 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4722 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4724 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4726 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4727 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4728 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4729 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4731 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4733 ;;;***
4735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21710
4736 ;;;;;; 32133 455296 298000))
4737 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4738 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4739 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4740 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4742 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4743 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4744 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4745 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4746 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4747 following the copyright are updated as well.
4748 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4749 interactively.
4751 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4753 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4754 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4755 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4756 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4757 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4759 \(fn)" t nil)
4761 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4762 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4764 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4766 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4767 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4768 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4770 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4772 ;;;***
4774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21710
4775 ;;;;;; 32133 729297 723000))
4776 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4777 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4778 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4779 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4780 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4781 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4782 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4783 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4785 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4786 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4787 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4788 Tab indents for Perl code.
4789 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4790 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4792 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4793 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4794 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4795 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4796 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4797 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4798 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4799 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4800 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4801 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4802 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4803 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4805 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4807 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4808 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4810 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4812 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4813 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4814 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4815 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4816 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4817 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4818 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4819 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4820 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4822 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4824 bite if angry;
4826 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4827 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4828 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4829 to nil.)
4831 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4832 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4833 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4835 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4837 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4838 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4839 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4840 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4841 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4843 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4845 if (A) { B }
4847 into
4849 B if A;
4851 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4853 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4854 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4855 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4856 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4857 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4858 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4859 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4860 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4861 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4862 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4863 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4864 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4865 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4867 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4868 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4869 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4870 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4871 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4872 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4874 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4875 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4876 man via menu.
4878 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4879 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4880 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4881 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4882 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4884 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4885 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4886 span the needed amount of lines.
4888 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4889 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4890 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4891 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4893 Variables controlling indentation style:
4894 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4895 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4896 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4897 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4898 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4899 `cperl-auto-newline'
4900 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4901 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4902 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4903 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4904 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4905 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4906 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4907 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4908 `cperl-indent-level'
4909 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4910 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4911 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4912 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4913 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4914 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4915 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4916 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4917 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4918 `cperl-brace-offset'
4919 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4920 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4921 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4922 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4923 `cperl-label-offset'
4924 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4925 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4926 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4928 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4929 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4930 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4931 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4932 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4933 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4935 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4936 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4937 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4938 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4940 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4941 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4942 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4943 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4944 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4945 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4946 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4948 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4949 column 0 is indented on
4950 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4952 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4953 with no args.
4955 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4956 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4957 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4959 \(fn)" t nil)
4961 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4962 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4964 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4966 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4967 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4969 \(fn)" t nil)
4971 ;;;***
4973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21710 32133 729297
4974 ;;;;;; 723000))
4975 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4977 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4978 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4979 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4980 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4981 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4985 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4986 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4988 \(fn)" t nil)
4990 ;;;***
4992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21710 32133 455296
4993 ;;;;;; 298000))
4994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4996 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4997 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4998 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4999 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5000 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5001 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5002 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5003 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5005 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5006 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5008 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5009 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5010 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5012 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5013 with empty strings removed.
5015 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5017 ;;;***
5019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21710 32133
5020 ;;;;;; 790298 40000))
5021 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5023 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5024 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5026 \(fn)" t nil)
5027 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5029 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5030 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5032 \(fn)" t nil)
5034 ;;;***
5036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21710 32133
5037 ;;;;;; 469296 371000))
5038 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5040 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5041 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5042 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5044 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5045 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5047 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5049 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5050 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5051 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5052 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5053 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5055 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5056 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5057 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5058 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5059 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5060 normal function of these prefix keys.
5062 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5063 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5064 options:
5065 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5066 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5067 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5069 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5070 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5071 the prefix fallback behavior.
5073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5075 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5076 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5078 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5080 ;;;***
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21710 32133
5083 ;;;;;; 470296 376000))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5086 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5087 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5088 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5090 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5092 ;;;***
5094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21710 32133 438296
5095 ;;;;;; 210000))
5096 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5098 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5099 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5101 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5103 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5104 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5106 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5108 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5109 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5111 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5113 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5114 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5116 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5117 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5119 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5120 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5122 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5124 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5126 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5127 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5128 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5130 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5131 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5133 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5134 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5136 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5137 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5139 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5141 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5143 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5144 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5145 Return VALUE.
5147 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5148 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5150 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5151 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5153 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5154 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5156 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5158 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5160 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5161 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5162 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5163 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5165 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5166 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5167 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5169 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5171 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5172 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5173 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5174 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5175 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5177 \(fn)" t nil)
5179 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5180 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5181 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5182 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5184 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5186 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5187 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5188 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5190 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5192 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5193 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5195 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5197 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5199 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5200 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5202 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5204 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5206 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5207 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5208 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5210 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5212 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5213 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5214 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5215 as part of Emacs itself.
5217 Each elements looks like this:
5219 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5221 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5222 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5223 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5224 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5225 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5226 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5227 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5228 and `defface'.
5230 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5232 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5233 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5234 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5235 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5236 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5238 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5239 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5240 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5241 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5243 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5245 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5247 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5248 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5249 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5250 release.
5252 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5253 that were added or redefined since that version.
5255 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5257 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5258 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5259 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5260 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5262 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5264 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5265 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5267 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5269 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5270 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5271 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5273 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5274 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5276 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5278 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5279 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5281 \(fn)" t nil)
5283 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5284 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5286 \(fn)" t nil)
5288 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5289 Customize all saved options and faces.
5291 \(fn)" t nil)
5293 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5295 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5296 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5297 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5298 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5300 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5301 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5302 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5304 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5306 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5309 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5311 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5312 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5314 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5316 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5319 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5321 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5322 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5323 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5324 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5326 \(fn)" nil nil)
5328 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5329 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5330 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5331 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5332 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5333 that option.
5334 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5336 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5338 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5339 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5340 The result includes selecting that window.
5341 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5342 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5343 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5344 that option.
5346 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5348 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5349 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5351 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5353 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5354 File used for storing customization information.
5355 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5356 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5357 it should be an absolute file name.
5359 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5360 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5361 something like the following in your init file:
5363 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5364 \(load custom-file)
5366 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5367 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5369 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5370 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5371 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5372 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5373 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5375 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5376 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5377 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5378 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5379 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5380 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5381 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5382 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5383 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5384 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5386 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5388 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5389 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5391 \(fn)" nil nil)
5393 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5394 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5396 \(fn)" t nil)
5398 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5399 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5400 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5402 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5404 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5405 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5406 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5407 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5408 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5410 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5412 ;;;***
5414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21710 32133 439296
5415 ;;;;;; 215000))
5416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5418 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5419 Create or edit a custom theme.
5420 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5421 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5422 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5423 from the Custom save file.
5424 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5425 named *Custom Theme*.
5427 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5429 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5430 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5432 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5434 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5435 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5437 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5439 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5440 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5441 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5442 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5444 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5446 ;;;***
5448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21710 32133
5449 ;;;;;; 815298 170000))
5450 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5452 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5453 Mode used for cvs status output.
5455 \(fn)" t nil)
5457 ;;;***
5459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21710 32133 729297
5460 ;;;;;; 723000))
5461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5462 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5464 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5465 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5467 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5469 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5470 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5471 C++ modes are included.
5473 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5474 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5475 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5479 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5481 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5482 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5483 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5485 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5486 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5488 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5490 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5491 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5492 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5493 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5494 ARG is omitted or nil.
5496 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5497 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5498 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5502 ;;;***
5504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21710
5505 ;;;;;; 32133 574296 917000))
5506 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5508 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5509 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5511 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5513 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5514 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5516 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5518 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5519 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5520 For readability, the table is slightly
5521 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5523 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5524 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5525 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5526 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5527 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5529 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5531 ;;;***
5533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21710 32133 439296
5534 ;;;;;; 215000))
5535 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5536 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5537 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5538 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5539 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5541 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5542 Completion on current word.
5543 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5544 and presents suggestions for completion.
5546 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5547 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5548 completions.
5550 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5551 then it searches *all* buffers.
5553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5555 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5556 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5558 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5559 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5560 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5561 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5562 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5564 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5565 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5567 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5568 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5569 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5571 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5572 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5574 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5576 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5578 ;;;***
5580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21710 32133
5581 ;;;;;; 409296 59000))
5582 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5584 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5585 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5587 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5589 ;;;***
5591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21710 32133 628297 198000))
5592 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5594 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5595 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5596 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5597 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5598 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5600 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5602 ;;;***
5604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21710 32133
5605 ;;;;;; 729297 723000))
5606 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5608 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5609 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5611 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5612 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5613 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5615 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5616 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5617 Data lines are not indented.
5619 Key bindings:
5621 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5622 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5624 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5625 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5626 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5627 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5629 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5631 dcl-basic-offset
5632 Extra indentation within blocks.
5634 dcl-continuation-offset
5635 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5637 dcl-margin-offset
5638 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5640 dcl-margin-label-offset
5641 Indentation for a label.
5643 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5644 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5646 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5647 dcl-block-end-regexp
5648 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5649 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5650 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5651 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5652 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5654 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5655 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5656 Two such functions are included in the package:
5657 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5658 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5660 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5661 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5662 One such function is included in the package:
5663 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5665 dcl-tab-always-indent
5666 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5667 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5668 margin.
5670 dcl-electric-characters
5671 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5672 typed.
5674 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5675 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5676 which words trigger electric indentation.
5678 dcl-tempo-comma
5679 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5680 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5681 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5683 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5684 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5685 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5686 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5688 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5689 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5690 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5691 dcl-imenu-label-call
5692 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5694 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5695 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5696 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5697 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5700 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5702 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5703 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5704 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5705 $ i = 1
5706 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5707 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5708 $ label:
5709 $ if i.eq.1
5710 $ then
5711 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5712 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5713 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5714 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5715 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5716 \"lined up with the command line\"
5717 $ type sys$input
5718 Data lines are not indented at all.
5719 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5720 $ endif
5724 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5725 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5727 \(fn)" t nil)
5729 ;;;***
5731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21710 32133
5732 ;;;;;; 455296 298000))
5733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5735 (setq debugger 'debug)
5737 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5738 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5739 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5740 of the evaluator.
5742 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5743 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5744 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5746 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5748 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5749 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5751 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5753 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5754 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5755 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5756 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5757 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5758 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5760 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5761 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5763 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5765 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5766 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5767 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5768 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5769 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5771 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5773 ;;;***
5775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21710 32133
5776 ;;;;;; 705297 598000))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5779 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5780 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5782 \(fn)" t nil)
5784 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5785 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5786 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5787 Upper-case letters are commands.
5789 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5790 modify it.
5792 The most useful commands are:
5793 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5794 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5795 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5796 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5797 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5798 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5800 \(fn)" t nil)
5802 ;;;***
5804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21710 32133 440296
5805 ;;;;;; 220000))
5806 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5807 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5809 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5810 Customization of `columns' group.
5812 \(fn)" t nil)
5814 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5815 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5817 START and END delimits the text region.
5819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5821 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5822 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5824 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5826 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5828 ;;;***
5830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21710 32133 440296 220000))
5831 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5833 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5835 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5836 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5837 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5838 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5839 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5840 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5842 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5844 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5845 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5846 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5847 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5848 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5850 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5851 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5852 point regardless of any selection.
5854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5856 ;;;***
5858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21710 32133
5859 ;;;;;; 456296 304000))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5862 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5863 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5865 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5867 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5868 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5869 or nil if there is no parent.
5870 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5871 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5872 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5873 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5874 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5876 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5877 arguments are currently understood:
5878 :group GROUP
5879 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5880 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5881 :syntax-table TABLE
5882 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5883 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5884 :abbrev-table TABLE
5885 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5886 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5888 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5890 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5892 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5893 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5894 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5896 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5897 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5899 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5900 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5901 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5903 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5904 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5906 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5907 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5909 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5911 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5913 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5915 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5917 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5918 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5919 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5920 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5921 the first time the mode is used.
5923 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5925 ;;;***
5927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21710 32133 440296
5928 ;;;;;; 220000))
5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5931 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5932 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5933 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5934 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5935 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5936 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5937 otherwise.
5939 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5941 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5942 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5943 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5944 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5946 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5947 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5948 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5950 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5951 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5952 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5953 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5954 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5955 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5956 relevant to POS.
5958 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5960 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
5961 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
5963 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
5964 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
5965 Otherwise return a description formatted by
5966 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
5967 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
5968 minibuffer window for width limit.
5970 This function is meant to be used as a value of
5971 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
5973 \(fn)" nil nil)
5975 ;;;***
5977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21710 32133 441296
5978 ;;;;;; 225000))
5979 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5981 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5982 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5983 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5984 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5985 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5986 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5988 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5990 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5991 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5992 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5993 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5994 is omitted or nil.
5996 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5997 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5998 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
5999 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6001 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6002 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6004 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6005 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6007 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6009 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6013 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6014 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6015 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6016 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6018 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6020 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6021 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6023 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6024 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6025 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6027 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6028 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6030 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6031 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6032 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6034 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6035 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6036 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6037 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6039 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6041 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6042 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6044 Handlers are called with argument list
6046 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6048 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6050 `desktop-file-version'
6051 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6052 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6053 `desktop-buffer-point'
6054 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6055 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6056 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6058 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6059 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6061 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6062 code like
6064 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6066 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6067 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6069 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6071 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6073 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6074 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6075 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6076 List elements must have the form
6078 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6080 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6081 function.
6083 Handlers are called with argument list
6085 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6087 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6089 `desktop-file-version'
6090 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6091 `desktop-buffer-name'
6092 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6093 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6094 `desktop-buffer-point'
6095 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6096 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6097 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6099 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6100 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6101 created and set.
6103 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6104 code like
6106 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6108 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6109 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6111 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6113 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6115 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6117 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6118 Empty the Desktop.
6119 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6120 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6121 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6122 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6123 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6124 if different).
6126 \(fn)" t nil)
6128 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6129 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6130 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6131 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6132 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6133 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6134 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6136 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6138 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6139 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6140 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6142 \(fn)" t nil)
6144 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6145 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6146 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6147 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6148 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6149 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6150 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6151 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6153 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6155 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6156 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6157 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6159 \(fn)" nil nil)
6161 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6163 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6164 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6165 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6166 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6167 directory DIRNAME.
6169 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6171 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6172 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6174 \(fn)" t nil)
6176 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6177 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6179 \(fn)" t nil)
6181 ;;;***
6183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21710 32133
6184 ;;;;;; 514296 605000))
6185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6187 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6188 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6189 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6190 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6191 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6192 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6194 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6196 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6197 Repair a broken attribution line.
6198 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6200 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6202 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6203 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6204 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6205 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6207 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6209 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6210 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6212 \(fn)" t nil)
6214 ;;;***
6216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21710
6217 ;;;;;; 32133 403296 28000))
6218 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6220 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6221 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6222 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6223 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6224 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6228 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6229 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6230 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6231 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6233 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6234 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6235 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6236 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6238 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6239 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6241 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6242 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6243 calendar-date-style 'european
6244 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6246 \(diary-mail-entries)
6248 # diary-rem.el ends here
6250 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6252 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6253 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6255 \(fn)" t nil)
6257 ;;;***
6259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21710 32133 815298 170000))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6262 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6263 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6265 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6267 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6268 The command to use to run diff.")
6270 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6272 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6273 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6274 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6275 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6276 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6277 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6279 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6280 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6281 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6283 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6285 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6286 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6287 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6288 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6289 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6290 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6292 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6294 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6295 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6297 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6299 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6300 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6301 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6303 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6305 ;;;***
6307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21710 32133
6308 ;;;;;; 815298 170000))
6309 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6311 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6312 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6313 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6314 normal diffs.
6316 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6317 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6318 headers for you on-the-fly.
6320 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6321 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6322 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6324 \\{diff-mode-map}
6326 \(fn)" t nil)
6328 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6329 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6330 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6331 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6332 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6334 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6338 ;;;***
6340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21710 32133 628297 198000))
6341 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6343 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6344 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6345 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6347 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6349 ;;;***
6351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21710 32133 443296 236000))
6352 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6354 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6355 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6356 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6357 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6358 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6359 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6360 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6361 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6363 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6365 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6366 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6367 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6368 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6369 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6370 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6372 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6373 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6374 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6375 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6376 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6377 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6378 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6379 list of files to make directory entries for.
6380 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6381 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6382 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6384 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6386 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6387 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6389 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6390 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6392 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6393 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6395 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6396 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6398 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6400 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6401 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6403 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6405 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6406 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6407 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6408 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6409 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6410 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6411 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6412 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6413 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6414 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6415 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6416 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6417 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6418 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6419 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6420 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6421 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6422 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6423 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6424 to see why something went wrong.
6425 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6426 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6427 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6428 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6429 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6430 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6431 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6432 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6433 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6434 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6435 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6436 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6437 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6439 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6440 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6441 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6442 again for the directory tree.
6444 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6445 for more info):
6447 `dired-listing-switches'
6448 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6449 `dired-marker-char'
6450 `dired-del-marker'
6451 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6452 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6453 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6454 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6456 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6458 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6459 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6460 `dired-mode-hook'
6461 `dired-load-hook'
6463 Keybindings:
6464 \\{dired-mode-map}
6466 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6467 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6469 ;;;***
6471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21710 32133 444296
6472 ;;;;;; 241000))
6473 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6475 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6476 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6477 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6478 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6479 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6481 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6482 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6483 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6485 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6486 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6487 directory.
6489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6491 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6492 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6493 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6494 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6495 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6496 from `default-directory'.
6498 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6500 ;;;***
6502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21710 32133
6503 ;;;;;; 456296 304000))
6504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6506 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6507 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6508 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6509 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6510 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6511 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6513 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6515 ;;;***
6517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21710 32133 444296
6518 ;;;;;; 241000))
6519 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6521 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6522 Return a new, empty display table.
6524 \(fn)" nil nil)
6526 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6527 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6528 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6529 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6530 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6532 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6534 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6535 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6536 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6537 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6538 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6540 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6542 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6543 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6545 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6547 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6548 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6550 \(fn)" t nil)
6552 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6553 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6555 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6556 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6558 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6559 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6560 byte.
6562 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6563 in the default way after this call.
6565 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6567 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6568 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6570 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6572 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6573 Display character C using printable string S.
6575 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6577 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6578 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6579 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6580 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6582 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6584 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6585 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6586 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6587 X frame.
6589 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6591 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6592 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6594 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6596 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6597 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6599 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6601 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6602 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6604 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6606 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6607 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6609 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6611 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6612 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6614 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6616 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6617 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6619 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6620 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6622 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6623 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6625 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6626 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6627 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6628 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6630 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6631 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6632 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6633 in `.emacs'.
6635 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6637 ;;;***
6639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21710 32133
6640 ;;;;;; 705297 598000))
6641 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6643 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6644 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6645 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6646 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6647 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6648 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6649 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6650 Default is 2.
6652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6654 ;;;***
6656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21710 32133 444296 241000))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6659 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6660 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6661 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6662 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6663 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6664 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6665 private or ask).
6666 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6667 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6668 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6669 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6670 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6672 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6674 ;;;***
6676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21710 32133
6677 ;;;;;; 790298 40000))
6678 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6680 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6681 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6682 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6683 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6684 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6685 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6686 table and its own syntax table.
6688 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6690 \(fn)" t nil)
6691 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6693 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6694 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6696 \(fn)" t nil)
6698 ;;;***
6700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21710 32133 444296
6701 ;;;;;; 241000))
6702 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6704 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6705 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6706 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6707 OpenDocument format).
6709 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6711 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6712 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6714 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6715 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6717 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6718 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6719 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6721 \(fn)" t nil)
6723 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6724 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6725 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6726 to the next best mode.
6728 \(fn)" nil nil)
6730 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6731 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6733 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6734 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6736 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6740 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6743 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6745 ;;;***
6747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21710 32133 705297
6748 ;;;;;; 598000))
6749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6751 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6752 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6754 \(fn)" t nil)
6756 ;;;***
6758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21710 32133 445296 246000))
6759 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6761 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6762 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6764 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6765 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6767 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6768 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6772 ;;;***
6774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21710 32133 706297
6775 ;;;;;; 603000))
6776 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6777 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6779 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6780 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6782 \(fn)" t nil)
6784 ;;;***
6786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21710
6787 ;;;;;; 32133 456296 304000))
6788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6790 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6792 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6793 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6794 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6795 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6796 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6798 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6799 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6800 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6801 and disables it otherwise.
6803 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6804 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6805 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6806 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6808 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6809 documenting what its argument does.
6811 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6812 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6813 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6814 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6815 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6816 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6817 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6818 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6820 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6821 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6822 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6823 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6824 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6825 mode is global):
6827 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6828 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6829 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6830 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6831 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6832 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6833 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6834 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6835 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6836 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6837 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6838 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6839 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6840 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6841 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6842 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6843 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6844 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6845 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6846 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6847 in :variable).
6849 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6850 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6852 For example, you could write
6853 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6854 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6855 ...BODY CODE...)
6857 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6859 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6861 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6863 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6865 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6867 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6868 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6869 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6870 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6871 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6872 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6873 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6874 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6875 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6876 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6877 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6878 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6880 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6881 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6882 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6883 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6884 call another major mode in their body.
6886 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6887 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6888 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6890 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6892 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6894 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6895 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6896 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6897 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6898 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6899 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6900 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6902 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6904 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6905 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6906 :inherit Parent keymap.
6907 :group Ignored.
6908 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6909 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6911 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6913 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6914 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6915 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6916 the constant's documentation.
6918 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6920 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6921 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6922 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6924 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6926 ;;;***
6928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21710
6929 ;;;;;; 32133 456296 304000))
6930 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6932 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6933 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6934 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6935 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6937 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6938 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6939 as a top-level menu bar item.
6941 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6942 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6943 pairs:
6945 :filter FUNCTION
6946 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6947 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6948 items to actually display.
6950 :visible INCLUDE
6951 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6952 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6953 alias for `:visible'.
6955 :active ENABLE
6956 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6957 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6958 an alias for `:active'.
6960 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6961 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6963 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6965 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6967 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6968 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6970 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6971 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6973 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6975 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6977 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6978 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6980 :keys KEYS
6981 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6982 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6983 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6984 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6986 :key-sequence KEYS
6987 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6988 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6989 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6990 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6992 :active ENABLE
6993 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6994 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6995 alias for `:active'.
6997 :visible INCLUDE
6998 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6999 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7000 `:visible'.
7002 :label FORM
7003 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7004 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7006 :suffix FORM
7007 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7008 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7010 :style STYLE
7011 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7012 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7013 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7015 :selected SELECTED
7016 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7017 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7019 :help HELP
7020 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7022 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7023 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7024 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7026 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7027 MENU. This is a submenu.
7029 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7031 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7033 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7036 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7038 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7039 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7040 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7041 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7043 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7045 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7046 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7047 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7048 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7049 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7050 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7052 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7053 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7054 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7056 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7057 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7058 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7060 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7061 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7063 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7065 ;;;***
7067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21710 32133
7068 ;;;;;; 732297 738000))
7069 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7070 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7072 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7073 Customization for ebnf group.
7075 \(fn)" t nil)
7077 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7078 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7080 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7082 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7083 processed.
7085 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7087 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7089 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7090 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7092 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7093 killed after process termination.
7095 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7097 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7099 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7100 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7102 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7103 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7104 it to the printer.
7106 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7107 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7108 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7109 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7111 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7113 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7114 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7115 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7117 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7119 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7120 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7122 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7124 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7125 processed.
7127 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7129 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7131 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7132 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7134 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7135 killed after process termination.
7137 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7139 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7141 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7142 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7143 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7144 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7146 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7148 \(fn)" t nil)
7150 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7151 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7152 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7154 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7156 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7158 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7159 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7161 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7163 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7164 processed.
7166 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7168 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7170 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7171 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7173 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7174 killed after EPS generation.
7176 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7178 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7180 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7181 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7183 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7184 The EPS file name has the following form:
7186 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7188 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7189 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7191 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7192 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7193 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7194 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7195 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7197 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7198 files.
7200 \(fn)" t nil)
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7205 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7206 The EPS file name has the following form:
7208 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7210 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7211 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7213 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7214 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7215 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7216 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7217 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7219 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7220 files.
7222 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7224 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7226 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7229 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7231 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7232 are processed.
7234 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7236 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7238 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7239 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7241 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7242 killed after syntax checking.
7244 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7246 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7251 \(fn)" t nil)
7253 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7254 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7256 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7258 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7259 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7261 \(fn)" nil nil)
7263 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7264 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7266 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7268 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7270 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7271 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7273 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7275 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7277 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7278 Delete style NAME.
7280 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7282 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7284 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7285 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7287 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7289 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7291 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7292 Set STYLE as the current style.
7294 Returns the old style symbol.
7296 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7298 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7300 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7301 Reset current style.
7303 Returns the old style symbol.
7305 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7307 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7309 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7310 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7312 Returns the old style symbol.
7314 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7316 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7318 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7320 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7321 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7323 Returns the old style symbol.
7325 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7327 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7329 \(fn)" t nil)
7331 ;;;***
7333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21710 32133
7334 ;;;;;; 733297 744000))
7335 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7337 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7338 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7339 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7340 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7341 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7342 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7344 Tree mode key bindings:
7345 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7347 \(fn)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7350 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7352 \(fn)" t nil)
7354 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7355 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7357 \(fn)" t nil)
7359 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7360 View declaration of member at point.
7362 \(fn)" t nil)
7364 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7365 Find declaration of member at point.
7367 \(fn)" t nil)
7369 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7370 View definition of member at point.
7372 \(fn)" t nil)
7374 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7375 Find definition of member at point.
7377 \(fn)" t nil)
7379 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7380 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7382 \(fn)" t nil)
7384 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7385 View definition of member at point in other window.
7387 \(fn)" t nil)
7389 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7390 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7392 \(fn)" t nil)
7394 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7395 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7399 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7400 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7402 \(fn)" t nil)
7404 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7405 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7407 \(fn)" t nil)
7409 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7410 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7411 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7412 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7413 completion.
7415 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7417 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7418 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7419 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7420 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7422 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7424 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7425 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7426 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7427 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7429 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7431 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7432 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7433 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7435 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7438 Search for call sites of a member.
7439 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7440 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7441 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7442 looks like a function call to the member.
7444 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7446 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7447 Move backward in the position stack.
7448 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7450 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7452 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7453 Move forward in the position stack.
7454 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7456 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7458 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7459 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7461 \(fn)" t nil)
7463 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7464 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7466 \(fn)" t nil)
7468 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7469 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7470 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7471 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7473 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7475 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7476 Display statistics for a class tree.
7478 \(fn)" t nil)
7480 ;;;***
7482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21710 32133 445296
7483 ;;;;;; 246000))
7484 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7486 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7487 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7488 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7489 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7490 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7491 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7492 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7494 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7496 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7497 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7498 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7499 also has this effect.
7500 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7501 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7502 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7503 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7504 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7505 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7506 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7507 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7508 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7509 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7511 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7513 ;;;***
7515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21710 32133 445296
7516 ;;;;;; 246000))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7519 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7520 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7521 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7523 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7525 ;;;***
7527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21710 32133
7528 ;;;;;; 514296 605000))
7529 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7531 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7534 \(fn)" nil nil)
7536 ;;;***
7538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21710 32133 410296 64000))
7539 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7540 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7542 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7543 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7544 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7547 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7549 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7551 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7552 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7554 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7555 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7557 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7558 an EDE controlled project.
7560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7562 ;;;***
7564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21710 32133
7565 ;;;;;; 457296 309000))
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7568 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7569 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7570 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7571 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7572 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7574 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7575 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7576 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7577 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7579 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7581 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7582 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7583 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7584 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7586 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7588 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7589 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7590 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7591 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7593 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7595 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7597 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7598 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7599 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7600 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7601 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7603 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7604 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7605 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7606 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7607 instrumented for Edebug.
7609 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7610 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7611 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7612 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7613 already is one.)
7615 \(fn)" t nil)
7617 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7618 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7620 \(fn)" t nil)
7622 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7623 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7625 \(fn)" t nil)
7627 ;;;***
7629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21710 32133 820298 196000))
7630 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7631 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7633 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7634 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7636 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7638 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7639 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7641 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7643 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7645 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7647 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7648 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7649 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7650 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7652 \(fn)" t nil)
7654 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7655 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7656 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7657 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7659 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7661 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7662 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7664 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7666 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7668 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7669 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7671 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7673 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7675 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7676 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7677 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7678 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7680 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7682 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7684 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7685 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7686 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7687 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7689 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7691 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7693 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7694 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7695 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7696 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7698 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7700 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7702 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7703 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7704 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7705 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7707 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7709 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7711 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7712 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7713 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7714 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7715 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7716 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7718 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7720 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7721 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7722 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7723 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7725 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7727 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7729 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7730 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7731 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7732 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7734 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7736 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7738 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7740 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7741 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7742 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7743 follows:
7744 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7745 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7747 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7749 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7750 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7751 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7752 follows:
7753 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7754 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7756 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7758 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7759 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7760 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7761 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7762 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7764 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7766 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7768 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7769 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7770 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7771 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7773 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7775 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7777 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7778 Merge two files without ancestor.
7780 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7782 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7783 Merge two files with ancestor.
7785 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7787 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7789 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7790 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7792 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7794 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7795 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7797 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7799 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7800 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7801 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7802 buffer.
7804 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7806 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7807 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7808 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7809 buffer.
7811 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7813 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7814 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7815 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7816 and don't ask the user.
7817 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7818 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7820 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7822 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7823 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7824 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7825 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7826 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7827 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7828 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7829 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7831 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7833 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7835 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7837 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7838 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7839 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7840 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7841 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7843 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7845 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7847 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7848 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7849 When called interactively, displays the version.
7851 \(fn)" t nil)
7853 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7854 Display Ediff's manual.
7855 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7857 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7862 \(fn)" nil nil)
7864 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7867 \(fn)" nil nil)
7869 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7872 \(fn)" nil nil)
7874 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7877 \(fn)" nil nil)
7879 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7882 \(fn)" nil nil)
7884 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7887 \(fn)" nil nil)
7889 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7892 \(fn)" nil nil)
7894 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7897 \(fn)" nil nil)
7899 ;;;***
7901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21710 32133
7902 ;;;;;; 816298 175000))
7903 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7905 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7908 \(fn)" t nil)
7910 ;;;***
7912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21710 32133
7913 ;;;;;; 817298 180000))
7914 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7916 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7917 Display Ediff's registry.
7919 \(fn)" t nil)
7921 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7923 ;;;***
7925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21710 32133
7926 ;;;;;; 819298 191000))
7927 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7929 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7930 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7931 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7932 which see.
7934 \(fn)" t nil)
7936 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7937 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7938 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7939 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7941 \(fn)" t nil)
7943 ;;;***
7945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21710 32133 446296
7946 ;;;;;; 252000))
7947 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7948 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7950 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7951 Edit a keyboard macro.
7952 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7953 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7954 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7955 its command name.
7956 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7958 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7960 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7961 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7963 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7965 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7966 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7968 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7970 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7971 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7972 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7973 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7974 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7975 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7977 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7978 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7979 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7980 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7982 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7984 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7985 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7986 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7987 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7988 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7989 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7991 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7993 ;;;***
7995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21710 32133 471296
7996 ;;;;;; 381000))
7997 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7999 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8000 Set scroll margins.
8001 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8002 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8004 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8006 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8007 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8009 \(fn)" t nil)
8011 ;;;***
8013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21710 32133 446296 252000))
8014 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8016 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8017 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8018 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8019 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8020 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8021 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8022 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8024 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8025 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8027 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8028 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8029 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8030 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8032 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8033 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8034 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8036 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8037 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8038 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8040 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8042 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8045 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8047 ;;;***
8049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21710 32133
8050 ;;;;;; 459296 319000))
8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8052 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8054 ;;;***
8056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21710
8057 ;;;;;; 32133 458296 314000))
8058 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8059 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8061 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8062 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8063 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8064 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8065 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8066 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8067 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8069 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8071 ;;;***
8073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21710 32133 446296
8074 ;;;;;; 252000))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8077 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8078 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8080 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8081 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8082 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8084 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8086 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8087 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8088 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8091 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8093 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8095 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8096 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8098 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8099 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8101 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8102 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8103 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8107 ;;;***
8109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21710 32133 446296
8110 ;;;;;; 252000))
8111 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8113 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8114 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8116 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8117 an elided material again.
8119 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8123 ;;;***
8125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21710 32133
8126 ;;;;;; 460296 324000))
8127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8129 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8130 Lint the file FILE.
8132 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8134 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8135 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8136 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8138 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8140 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8141 Lint the current buffer.
8142 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8144 \(fn)" t nil)
8146 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8147 Lint the function at point.
8148 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8150 \(fn)" t nil)
8152 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8153 Initialize elint.
8154 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8155 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8157 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8159 ;;;***
8161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21710 32133 460296
8162 ;;;;;; 324000))
8163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8165 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8166 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8167 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8169 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8171 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8172 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8173 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8174 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8176 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8178 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8179 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8180 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8182 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8184 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8186 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8187 Display current profiling results.
8188 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8189 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8190 displayed.
8192 \(fn)" t nil)
8194 ;;;***
8196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21710 32133 468296
8197 ;;;;;; 366000))
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8200 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8201 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8202 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8203 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8204 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8205 ARG is omitted or nil.
8207 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8208 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8209 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8210 used instead.
8212 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8214 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8215 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8216 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8218 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8222 ;;;***
8224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21710 32133
8225 ;;;;;; 600297 52000))
8226 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8228 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8229 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8230 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8232 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8234 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8236 ;;;***
8238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21710 32133 820298
8239 ;;;;;; 196000))
8240 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8242 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8243 Run Emerge on two files.
8245 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8247 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8248 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8250 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8252 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8253 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8255 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8257 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8258 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8260 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8262 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8265 \(fn)" nil nil)
8267 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8270 \(fn)" nil nil)
8272 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8275 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8277 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8280 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8282 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8283 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8285 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8287 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8288 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8290 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8292 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8295 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8297 ;;;***
8299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21710 32133
8300 ;;;;;; 791298 45000))
8301 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8303 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8304 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8305 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8306 text/enriched format.
8308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8309 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8310 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8312 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8314 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8315 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8317 Commands:
8319 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8323 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8326 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8328 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8331 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8333 ;;;***
8335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21710 32133 475296 402000))
8336 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8338 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8339 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8341 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8343 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8344 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8346 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8348 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8349 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8350 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8351 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8352 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8353 the keys are listed.
8354 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8356 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8358 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8359 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8360 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8362 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8364 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8365 Verify FILE.
8367 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8369 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8370 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8372 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8374 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8375 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8377 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8379 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8380 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8382 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8383 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8384 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8385 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8387 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8388 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8389 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8390 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8391 should consider using the string based counterpart
8392 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8393 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8395 For example:
8397 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8398 (decode-coding-string
8399 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8400 'utf-8))
8402 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8404 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8405 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8407 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8408 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8410 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8412 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8414 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8415 Verify the current region between START and END.
8417 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8418 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8419 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8420 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8421 should consider using the string based counterpart
8422 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8423 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8425 For example:
8427 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8428 (decode-coding-string
8429 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8430 'utf-8))
8432 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8434 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8436 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8437 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8438 between START and END.
8440 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8441 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8443 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8445 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8447 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8448 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8450 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8451 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8452 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8453 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8454 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8455 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8457 For example:
8459 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8460 (epg-sign-string
8461 context
8462 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8464 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8466 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8468 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8469 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8471 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8472 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8473 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8474 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8475 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8476 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8478 For example:
8480 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8481 (epg-encrypt-string
8482 context
8483 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8484 nil))
8486 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8488 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8490 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8491 Delete selected KEYS.
8493 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8495 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8496 Import keys from FILE.
8498 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8500 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8501 Import keys from the region.
8503 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8505 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8506 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8507 between START and END.
8509 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8511 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8512 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8514 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8516 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8517 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8519 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8521 ;;;***
8523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21710 32133 475296
8524 ;;;;;; 402000))
8525 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8527 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8528 Decrypt marked files.
8530 \(fn)" t nil)
8532 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8533 Verify marked files.
8535 \(fn)" t nil)
8537 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8538 Sign marked files.
8540 \(fn)" t nil)
8542 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8543 Encrypt marked files.
8545 \(fn)" t nil)
8547 ;;;***
8549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21710 32133 475296
8550 ;;;;;; 402000))
8551 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8553 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8556 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8558 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8561 \(fn)" t nil)
8563 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8566 \(fn)" t nil)
8568 ;;;***
8570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21710 32133 475296
8571 ;;;;;; 402000))
8572 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8574 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8575 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8576 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8577 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8578 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8582 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8583 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8584 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8586 \(fn)" t nil)
8588 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8590 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8591 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8592 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8594 \(fn)" t nil)
8596 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8598 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8599 Sign the current buffer.
8600 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8602 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8604 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8606 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8607 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8608 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8609 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8610 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8611 and also whether and how to sign.
8613 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8614 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8615 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8617 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8619 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8621 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8622 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8623 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8625 \(fn)" t nil)
8627 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8629 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8630 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8631 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8634 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8636 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8638 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8639 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8641 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8642 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8646 ;;;***
8648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21710 32133 476296 407000))
8649 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8650 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8652 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8653 Return a context object.
8655 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8657 ;;;***
8659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21710 32133 475296
8660 ;;;;;; 402000))
8661 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8663 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8664 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8666 \(fn)" nil nil)
8668 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8669 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8671 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8673 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8674 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8676 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8678 ;;;***
8680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21710 32133 487296 465000))
8681 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8683 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8684 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8686 \(fn)" nil nil)
8688 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8689 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8690 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8692 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8694 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8695 (server (erc-compute-server))
8696 (port (erc-compute-port))
8697 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8698 password
8699 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8701 That is, if called with
8703 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8705 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8706 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8707 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8709 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8711 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8713 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8714 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8715 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8717 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8719 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8720 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8721 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8722 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8724 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8726 ;;;***
8728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21710
8729 ;;;;;; 32133 480296 428000))
8730 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8731 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8733 ;;;***
8735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21710 32133
8736 ;;;;;; 481296 433000))
8737 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8738 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8740 ;;;***
8742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21710 32133
8743 ;;;;;; 481296 433000))
8744 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8745 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8747 ;;;***
8749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21710 32133
8750 ;;;;;; 481296 433000))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8752 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8754 ;;;***
8756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21710 32133 481296
8757 ;;;;;; 433000))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8759 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8761 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8762 Parser for /dcc command.
8763 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8764 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8765 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8767 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8769 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8770 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8772 \(fn)" nil nil)
8774 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8775 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8777 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8778 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8779 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8780 that subcommand.
8782 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8784 ;;;***
8786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8787 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 481296 433000))
8788 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8789 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8791 ;;;***
8793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21710
8794 ;;;;;; 32133 482296 439000))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8797 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8798 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8800 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8802 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8803 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8804 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8805 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8807 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8809 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8812 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8814 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8815 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8817 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8819 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8820 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8822 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8824 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8825 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8827 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8829 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8830 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8832 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8834 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8835 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8837 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8839 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8840 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8842 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8844 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8845 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8847 \(fn)" nil nil)
8849 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8850 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8852 \(fn)" nil nil)
8854 ;;;***
8856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21710 32133 482296
8857 ;;;;;; 439000))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8859 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8861 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8862 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8863 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8865 \(fn)" nil nil)
8867 ;;;***
8869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21710 32133
8870 ;;;;;; 482296 439000))
8871 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8872 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8874 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8875 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8876 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8877 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8878 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8879 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8880 system.
8882 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8884 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8887 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8889 ;;;***
8891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21710 32133
8892 ;;;;;; 482296 439000))
8893 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8895 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8898 \(fn)" nil nil)
8900 ;;;***
8902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21710 32133 482296
8903 ;;;;;; 439000))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8905 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8907 ;;;***
8909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21710 32133 482296
8910 ;;;;;; 439000))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8912 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8914 ;;;***
8916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21710 32133 483296
8917 ;;;;;; 444000))
8918 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8919 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8921 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8922 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8923 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8924 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8925 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8926 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8928 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8930 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8931 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8932 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8933 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8935 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8936 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8937 automatically.
8939 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8940 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8942 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8944 ;;;***
8946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21710 32133
8947 ;;;;;; 483296 444000))
8948 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8949 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8951 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8952 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8954 \(fn)" t nil)
8956 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8957 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8959 \(fn)" t nil)
8961 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8962 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8964 \(fn)" t nil)
8966 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8967 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8969 \(fn)" t nil)
8971 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8972 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8974 \(fn)" t nil)
8976 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8977 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8979 \(fn)" t nil)
8981 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8982 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8984 \(fn)" t nil)
8986 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8987 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8989 \(fn)" t nil)
8991 ;;;***
8993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21710 32133 483296
8994 ;;;;;; 444000))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
8996 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
8998 ;;;***
9000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21710
9001 ;;;;;; 32133 483296 444000))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9003 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9005 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9006 Show who's gone.
9008 \(fn)" nil nil)
9010 ;;;***
9012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21710
9013 ;;;;;; 32133 483296 444000))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9016 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9017 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9018 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9019 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9021 \(fn)" nil nil)
9023 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9024 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9026 \(fn)" t nil)
9028 ;;;***
9030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21710 32133
9031 ;;;;;; 483296 444000))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9033 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9035 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9036 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9037 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9038 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9040 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9042 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9045 \(fn)" nil nil)
9047 ;;;***
9049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21710 32133 483296
9050 ;;;;;; 444000))
9051 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9052 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9054 ;;;***
9056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21710
9057 ;;;;;; 32133 484296 449000))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9059 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9061 ;;;***
9063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21710 32133
9064 ;;;;;; 484296 449000))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9066 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9068 ;;;***
9070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21710 32133 484296
9071 ;;;;;; 449000))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9073 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9075 ;;;***
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21710
9078 ;;;;;; 32133 484296 449000))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9080 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9082 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9083 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9085 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9087 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9088 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9089 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9091 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9093 ;;;***
9095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21710 32133
9096 ;;;;;; 484296 449000))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9098 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9100 ;;;***
9102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21710
9103 ;;;;;; 32133 484296 449000))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9106 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9107 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9108 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9110 \(fn)" t nil)
9112 ;;;***
9114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21710
9115 ;;;;;; 32133 484296 449000))
9116 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9117 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9119 ;;;***
9121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21710 32133
9122 ;;;;;; 484296 449000))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9124 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9126 ;;;***
9128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21710 32133
9129 ;;;;;; 485296 454000))
9130 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9132 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9133 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9134 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9136 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9138 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9139 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9140 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9141 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9142 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9144 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9145 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9146 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9147 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9150 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9152 ;;;***
9154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21710
9155 ;;;;;; 32133 485296 454000))
9156 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9157 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9159 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9160 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9161 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9162 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9164 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9166 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9167 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9168 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9170 \(fn)" t nil)
9172 ;;;***
9174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21710 32133 485296
9175 ;;;;;; 454000))
9176 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9177 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9179 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9180 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9182 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9184 ;;;***
9186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21710 32133 461296
9187 ;;;;;; 329000))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9190 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9191 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9193 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9194 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9196 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9197 useful for assertions in BODY.
9199 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9201 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9202 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9203 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9205 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9207 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9209 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9211 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9213 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9215 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9216 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9218 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9219 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9220 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9221 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9223 Returns the stats object.
9225 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9227 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9228 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9230 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9231 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9232 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9233 the tests).
9235 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9237 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9238 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9240 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9241 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9242 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9243 and how to display message.
9245 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9247 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9249 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9250 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9252 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9254 ;;;***
9256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21710 32133
9257 ;;;;;; 460296 324000))
9258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9260 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9262 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9263 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9265 \(fn)" t nil)
9267 ;;;***
9269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21710 32133
9270 ;;;;;; 490296 480000))
9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9273 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9274 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9276 \(fn)" t nil)
9278 ;;;***
9280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21710 32133 491296
9281 ;;;;;; 485000))
9282 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9283 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9285 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9286 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9287 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9288 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9289 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9290 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9291 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9292 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9293 buffer selected (or created).
9295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9297 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9298 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9299 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9301 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9303 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9304 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9305 The result might be any Lisp object.
9306 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9307 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9308 corresponding to a successful execution.
9310 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9312 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9314 ;;;***
9316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21710 32133 734297
9317 ;;;;;; 749000))
9318 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9320 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9321 File name of tags table.
9322 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9323 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9324 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9325 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9326 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9328 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9329 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9330 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9331 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9333 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9335 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9336 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9337 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9338 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9339 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9340 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9342 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9344 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9345 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9346 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9348 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9350 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9351 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9352 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9353 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9354 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9356 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9358 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9359 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9360 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9361 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9363 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9365 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9366 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9367 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9368 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9369 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9371 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9373 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9374 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9376 \(fn)" t nil)
9378 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9379 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9380 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9381 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9383 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9384 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9385 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9386 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9387 file the tag was in.
9389 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9391 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9392 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9393 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9394 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9395 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9396 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9397 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9398 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9399 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9401 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9403 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9404 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9405 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9406 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9407 without directory names.
9409 \(fn)" nil nil)
9411 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9414 \(fn)" nil nil)
9415 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9416 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9417 (progn
9418 (load "etags")
9419 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9421 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9422 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9423 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9424 but does not select the buffer.
9425 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9427 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9428 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9429 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9430 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9431 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9433 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9435 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9436 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9437 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9439 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9441 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9443 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9444 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9445 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9446 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9448 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9449 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9450 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9451 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9452 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9454 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9456 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9457 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9458 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9460 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9462 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9464 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9465 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9466 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9467 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9468 around or before point.
9470 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9471 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9472 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9473 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9474 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9476 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9478 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9479 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9480 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9482 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9484 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9486 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9488 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9489 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9490 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9491 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9492 around or before point.
9494 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9495 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9496 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9497 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9498 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9500 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9502 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9503 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9504 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9506 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9508 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9510 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9512 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9513 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9514 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9516 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9517 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9518 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9519 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9520 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9522 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9524 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9525 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9526 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9528 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9530 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9532 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9534 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9536 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9537 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9539 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9540 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9541 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9543 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9544 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9546 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9547 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9549 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9551 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9552 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9553 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9554 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9556 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9557 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9558 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9559 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9560 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9562 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9564 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9566 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9567 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9568 Stops when a match is found.
9569 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9571 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9572 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9573 restricted to these files.
9575 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9577 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9579 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9580 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9581 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9582 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9583 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9584 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9585 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9586 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9588 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9589 produce the list of files to search.
9591 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9593 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9595 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9596 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9597 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9598 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9599 directory specification.
9601 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9603 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9604 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9606 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9608 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9610 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9611 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9612 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9613 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9615 \(fn)" t nil)
9617 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9618 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9619 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9620 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9621 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9623 \(fn)" t nil)
9625 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9628 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9630 ;;;***
9632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21710
9633 ;;;;;; 32133 575296 922000))
9634 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9636 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9639 \(fn)" nil nil)
9641 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9642 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9644 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9645 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9647 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9648 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9649 primary language.
9651 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9652 even if the buffer is read-only.
9654 See also the descriptions of the variables
9655 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9657 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9659 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9660 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9662 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9663 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9665 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9666 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9667 primary language.
9669 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9670 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9672 See also the descriptions of the variables
9673 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9675 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9677 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9678 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9679 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9680 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9682 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9684 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9685 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9686 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9687 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9689 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9690 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9691 primary language.
9693 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9694 buffer is read-only.
9696 See also the descriptions of the variables
9697 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9698 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9700 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9702 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9703 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9705 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9706 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9708 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9709 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9710 the primary language.
9712 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9713 buffer is read-only.
9715 See also the descriptions of the variables
9716 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9717 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9719 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9721 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9722 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9723 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9725 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9727 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9728 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9730 \(fn)" t nil)
9732 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9733 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9735 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9736 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9737 be 1, 2, or 3.
9739 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9740 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9741 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9743 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9745 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9747 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9748 This function is deprecated.
9750 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9752 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9753 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9755 \(fn)" t nil)
9757 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9758 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9760 \(fn)" t nil)
9762 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9763 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9765 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9766 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9768 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9769 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9771 \(fn)" nil nil)
9773 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9774 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9776 \(fn)" nil nil)
9778 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9779 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9781 \(fn)" nil nil)
9783 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9784 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9786 \(fn)" nil nil)
9788 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9789 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9790 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9792 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9794 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9797 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9799 ;;;***
9801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21710 32133 629297 203000))
9802 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9804 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9805 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9806 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9807 server for future sessions.
9809 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9811 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9812 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9813 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9815 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9817 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9818 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9819 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9821 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9823 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9824 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9825 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9826 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9827 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9828 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9829 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9830 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9831 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9832 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9833 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9834 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9836 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9838 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9839 Display a form to query the directory server.
9840 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9841 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9843 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9845 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9846 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9847 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9849 \(fn)" t nil)
9851 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9853 ;;;***
9855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21710 32133 628297
9856 ;;;;;; 198000))
9857 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9859 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9860 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9862 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9864 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9865 Display URL and make it clickable.
9867 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9869 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9870 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9872 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9874 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9875 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9877 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9879 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9880 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9882 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9884 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9885 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9887 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9889 ;;;***
9891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21710 32133
9892 ;;;;;; 629297 203000))
9893 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9895 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9896 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9897 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9899 \(fn)" t nil)
9901 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9902 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9904 \(fn)" t nil)
9906 ;;;***
9908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21710
9909 ;;;;;; 32133 629297 203000))
9910 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9912 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9913 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9915 \(fn)" t nil)
9917 ;;;***
9919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21710 32133 461296
9920 ;;;;;; 329000))
9921 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9923 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9924 Create an empty ewoc.
9926 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9928 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9929 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9930 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9931 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9932 `insert-before-markers'.
9934 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9935 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9936 respectively, of the ewoc.
9938 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9939 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9940 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9942 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9944 ;;;***
9946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21710 32133 630297 208000))
9947 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9949 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9950 Fetch URL and render the page.
9951 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9952 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9954 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9955 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9957 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9958 Render a file using EWW.
9960 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9962 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
9963 Search the web for the text between the point and marker.
9964 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
9966 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
9968 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9971 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9973 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
9974 Display the bookmarks.
9976 \(fn)" t nil)
9978 ;;;***
9980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21710
9981 ;;;;;; 32133 734297 749000))
9982 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9984 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9985 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9986 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9988 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9990 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9991 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9992 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9993 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9994 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9996 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9998 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9999 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10000 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10001 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10002 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10003 executable.
10005 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10007 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10008 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10009 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10011 \(fn)" t nil)
10013 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10014 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10015 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10016 file modes.
10018 \(fn)" nil nil)
10020 ;;;***
10022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21710 32133 492296 491000))
10023 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10025 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10026 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10027 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10028 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10030 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10032 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10033 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10034 to generate such functions.
10036 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10037 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10038 beginning of the expanded text.
10040 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10041 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10042 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10043 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10045 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10047 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10049 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10050 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10051 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10053 \(fn)" nil nil)
10055 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10056 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10057 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10059 \(fn)" t nil)
10061 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10062 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10063 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10065 \(fn)" t nil)
10066 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10067 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10069 ;;;***
10071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21710 32133 735297
10072 ;;;;;; 754000))
10073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10075 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10076 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10077 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10079 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10080 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10081 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10083 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10085 Key definitions:
10086 \\{f90-mode-map}
10088 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10090 `f90-do-indent'
10091 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10092 `f90-if-indent'
10093 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10094 `f90-type-indent'
10095 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10096 `f90-program-indent'
10097 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10098 (default 2).
10099 `f90-associate-indent'
10100 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10101 `f90-critical-indent'
10102 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10103 `f90-continuation-indent'
10104 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10105 `f90-comment-region'
10106 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10107 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10108 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10109 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10110 (default \"!\").
10111 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10112 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10113 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10114 `f90-break-delimiters'
10115 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10116 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10117 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10118 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10119 (default t).
10120 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10121 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10122 `f90-smart-end'
10123 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10124 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10125 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10126 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10127 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10128 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10129 `f90-leave-line-no'
10130 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10132 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10133 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10135 \(fn)" t nil)
10137 ;;;***
10139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21710 32133 492296
10140 ;;;;;; 491000))
10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10143 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10144 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10145 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10146 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10148 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10149 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10150 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10151 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10152 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10154 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10155 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10156 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10157 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10158 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10159 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10160 attributes.
10162 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10163 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10165 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10167 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10168 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10169 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10170 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10172 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10174 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10175 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10176 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10177 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10179 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10180 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10181 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10183 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10184 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10185 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10186 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10188 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10190 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10191 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10192 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10194 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10195 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10196 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10197 the same amount).
10199 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10201 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10202 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10203 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10205 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10206 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10207 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10208 will remove any scaling currently active.
10210 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10212 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10213 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10214 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10216 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10217 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10218 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10219 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10220 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10222 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10223 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10225 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10227 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10228 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10230 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10231 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10232 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10234 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10235 the face height as long as the input event read
10236 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10238 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10239 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10240 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10241 will remove any scaling currently active.
10243 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10244 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10245 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10246 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10247 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10249 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10251 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10252 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10253 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10254 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10255 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10256 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10260 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10261 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10262 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10263 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10264 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10265 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10266 `buffer-face-mode'.
10268 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10269 local, and sets it to FACE.
10271 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10273 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10274 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10275 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10276 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10277 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10278 `face' text property.
10280 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10281 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10282 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10283 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10285 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10286 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10288 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10290 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10291 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10292 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10293 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10297 ;;;***
10299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21710 32133
10300 ;;;;;; 601297 57000))
10301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10302 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10304 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10305 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10306 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10307 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10309 \(fn)" nil nil)
10311 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10312 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10316 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10317 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10318 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10319 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10323 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10324 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10325 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10326 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10327 backup file names and the like).
10329 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10331 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10332 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10333 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10334 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10335 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10336 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10337 internally by feedmail):
10339 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10340 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10341 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10342 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10344 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10345 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10346 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10347 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10348 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10350 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10352 ;;;***
10354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21710 32133 494296 501000))
10355 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10357 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10358 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10359 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10360 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10361 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10362 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10363 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10365 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10367 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10368 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10369 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10370 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10371 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10372 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10373 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10375 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10377 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10379 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10380 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10381 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10382 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10383 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10384 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10386 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10388 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10389 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10390 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10391 Return value:
10392 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10393 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10394 * otherwise, nil
10396 \(fn E)" t nil)
10398 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10399 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10400 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10402 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10404 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10405 Try to get a file name at point.
10406 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10408 \(fn)" nil nil)
10410 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10411 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10413 \(fn)" t nil)
10415 ;;;***
10417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21710 32133 494296
10418 ;;;;;; 501000))
10419 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10421 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10422 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10423 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10424 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10426 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10428 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10429 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10430 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10431 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10432 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10433 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10435 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10437 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10438 Add FILE to the file cache.
10440 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10442 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10443 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10444 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10446 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10448 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10449 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10450 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10452 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10454 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10455 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10456 This function does not use any external programs.
10457 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10458 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10459 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10461 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10463 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10464 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10465 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10466 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10467 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10468 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10469 \(directories) is done.
10471 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10473 ;;;***
10475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21710 32133 494296
10476 ;;;;;; 501000))
10477 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10479 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10480 Handle file system monitoring event.
10481 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10483 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10485 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10487 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10489 ;;;***
10491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21710 32133 494296
10492 ;;;;;; 501000))
10493 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10495 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10496 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10498 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10499 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10500 Local Variables list.
10502 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10503 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10504 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10506 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10508 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10509 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10511 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10513 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10514 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10516 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10517 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10518 the -*- line.
10520 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10521 then this function adds it.
10523 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10525 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10526 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10528 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10530 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10531 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10533 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10535 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10536 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10538 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10540 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10541 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10543 \(fn)" t nil)
10545 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10546 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10548 \(fn)" t nil)
10550 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10551 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10553 \(fn)" t nil)
10555 ;;;***
10557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21710 32133 497296
10558 ;;;;;; 517000))
10559 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10561 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10562 Filesets initialization.
10563 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10565 \(fn)" nil nil)
10567 ;;;***
10569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21710 32133 497296
10570 ;;;;;; 517000))
10571 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10572 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10574 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10575 Initiate the building of a find command.
10576 For example:
10578 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10579 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10580 (mtime \"+1\"))
10581 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10583 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10584 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10586 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10588 ;;;***
10590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21710 32133 497296
10591 ;;;;;; 517000))
10592 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10594 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10595 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10596 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10598 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10600 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10601 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10603 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10605 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10606 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10607 and run Dired on those files.
10608 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10609 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10611 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10613 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10615 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10617 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10618 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10619 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10621 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10622 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10624 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10625 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10627 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10629 ;;;***
10631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21710 32133 498296
10632 ;;;;;; 522000))
10633 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10635 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10636 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10637 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10638 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10639 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10640 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10641 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10643 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10645 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10646 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10647 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10649 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10651 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10653 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10655 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10656 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10657 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10659 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10660 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10662 Variables of interest include:
10664 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10665 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10666 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10668 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10669 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10670 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10672 - `ff-ignore-include'
10673 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10675 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10676 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10678 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10679 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10681 - `ff-special-constructs'
10682 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10683 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10684 extracting the filename from that construct.
10686 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10687 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10689 - `ff-search-directories'
10690 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10691 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10693 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10694 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10696 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10697 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10699 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10700 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10702 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10703 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10705 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10706 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10708 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10710 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10711 Visit the file you click on.
10713 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10715 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10716 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10718 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10720 ;;;***
10722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21710
10723 ;;;;;; 32133 461296 329000))
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10726 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10727 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10728 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10730 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10732 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10733 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10734 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10735 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10737 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10738 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10739 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10740 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10742 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10744 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10745 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10747 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10748 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10749 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10750 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10752 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10753 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10754 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10756 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10757 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10758 in `load-path'.
10760 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10762 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10763 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10765 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10766 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10767 places point before the definition.
10768 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10770 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10771 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10772 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10774 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10776 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10777 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10779 See `find-function' for more details.
10781 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10783 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10784 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10786 See `find-function' for more details.
10788 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10790 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10791 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10793 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10794 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10795 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10797 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10798 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10800 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10802 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10803 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10805 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10806 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10807 places point before the definition.
10809 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10811 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10812 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10813 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10815 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10817 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10818 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10820 See `find-variable' for more details.
10822 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10824 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10825 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10827 See `find-variable' for more details.
10829 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10831 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10832 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10833 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10834 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10835 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10836 buffer nor display it.
10838 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10839 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10841 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10843 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10844 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10846 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10847 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10848 places point before the definition.
10850 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10852 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10853 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10854 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10856 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10858 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10859 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10860 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10862 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10864 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10865 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10867 \(fn)" t nil)
10869 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10870 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10872 \(fn)" t nil)
10874 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10875 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10877 \(fn)" nil nil)
10879 ;;;***
10881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21710 32133 498296
10882 ;;;;;; 522000))
10883 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10885 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10886 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10888 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10890 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10891 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10893 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10895 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10896 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10898 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10900 ;;;***
10902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21710 32133 498296 522000))
10903 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10904 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10906 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10907 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10909 \(fn)" t nil)
10911 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10912 Display FILE's commentary section.
10913 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10915 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10917 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10918 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10920 \(fn)" t nil)
10922 ;;;***
10924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21710 32133 498296
10925 ;;;;;; 522000))
10926 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10928 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10929 Toggle flow control handling.
10930 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10931 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10933 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10935 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10936 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10937 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10938 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10939 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10940 to get the effect of a C-q.
10942 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10944 ;;;***
10946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21710 32133
10947 ;;;;;; 514296 605000))
10948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10950 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10953 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10955 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10958 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10960 ;;;***
10962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21710 32133
10963 ;;;;;; 736297 759000))
10964 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10965 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10967 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10968 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10969 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10970 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10971 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10972 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10976 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10977 Turn flymake mode on.
10979 \(fn)" nil nil)
10981 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10982 Turn flymake mode off.
10984 \(fn)" nil nil)
10986 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10989 \(fn)" nil nil)
10991 ;;;***
10993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21710 32133
10994 ;;;;;; 792298 50000))
10995 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10997 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10998 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11000 \(fn)" t nil)
11001 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11003 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11004 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11005 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11006 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11007 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11009 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11010 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11011 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11013 Bindings:
11014 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11015 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11016 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11017 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11019 Hooks:
11020 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11022 Remark:
11023 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11024 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11025 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11027 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11028 consider adding:
11029 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11030 in your init file.
11032 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11033 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11037 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11038 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11040 \(fn)" nil nil)
11042 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11043 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11045 \(fn)" nil nil)
11047 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11048 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11050 \(fn)" nil nil)
11052 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11053 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11055 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11057 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11058 Flyspell whole buffer.
11060 \(fn)" t nil)
11062 ;;;***
11064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21710 32133 498296
11065 ;;;;;; 522000))
11066 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11067 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11069 ;;;***
11071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21710 32133 499296 527000))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11074 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11075 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11077 \(fn)" nil nil)
11079 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11080 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11082 \(fn)" nil nil)
11084 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11085 Toggle Follow mode.
11086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11087 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11088 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11090 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11091 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11093 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11094 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11095 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11097 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11098 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11099 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11100 movement commands.
11102 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11103 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11104 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11105 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11106 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11107 mileage may vary).
11109 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11110 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11112 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11114 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11116 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11117 \\{follow-mode-map}
11119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11121 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11122 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11124 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11125 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11126 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11127 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11128 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11129 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11131 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11132 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11133 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11137 ;;;***
11139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21710 32133
11140 ;;;;;; 601297 57000))
11141 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11142 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11144 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11145 Toggle Footnote mode.
11146 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11147 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11148 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11150 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11151 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11152 play around with the following keys:
11153 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11155 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11157 ;;;***
11159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21710 32133 500296 532000))
11160 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11162 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11163 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11165 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11166 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11167 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11168 C-c < forms-first-record <
11169 C-c > forms-last-record >
11170 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11171 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11172 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11173 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11174 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11175 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11176 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11177 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11178 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11179 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11181 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11183 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11184 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11186 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11188 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11189 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11191 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11193 ;;;***
11195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21710 32133
11196 ;;;;;; 736297 759000))
11197 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11199 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11200 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11201 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11203 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11204 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11206 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11208 Key definitions:
11209 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11211 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11213 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11214 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11215 `fortran-do-indent'
11216 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11217 `fortran-if-indent'
11218 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11219 `fortran-structure-indent'
11220 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11221 (default 3)
11222 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11223 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11224 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11225 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11226 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11227 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11228 nil don't change the indentation
11229 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11230 value of either
11231 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11232 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11233 depending on the continuation format in use.
11234 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11235 indentation for a line of code.
11236 (default 'fixed)
11237 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11238 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11239 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11240 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11241 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11242 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11243 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11244 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11245 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11246 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11247 column 5.
11248 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11249 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11250 statements (default nil).
11251 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11252 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11253 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11254 `fortran-continuation-string'
11255 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11256 line (default \"$\").
11257 `fortran-comment-region'
11258 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11259 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11260 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11261 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11262 as typed (default t).
11263 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11264 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11266 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11267 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11269 \(fn)" t nil)
11271 ;;;***
11273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21710 32133 706297
11274 ;;;;;; 603000))
11275 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11277 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11278 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11280 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11281 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11283 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11285 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11286 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11288 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11289 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11291 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11293 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11294 Compile fortune file.
11296 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11297 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11299 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11301 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11302 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11304 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11305 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11306 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11307 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11309 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11311 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11312 Display a fortune cookie.
11313 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11314 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11315 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11316 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11318 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11320 ;;;***
11322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21710 32133 502296
11323 ;;;;;; 543000))
11324 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11326 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11327 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11328 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11330 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11331 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11332 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11334 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11335 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11337 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11338 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11340 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11341 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11342 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11343 intend to modify existing values, do
11345 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11347 before changing anything.
11349 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11350 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11352 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11353 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11354 to restore the frame.
11356 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11357 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11358 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11360 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11361 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11362 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11363 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11364 FILTER A filter function.
11366 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11367 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11369 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11371 where
11373 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11374 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11375 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11376 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11377 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11378 before restoring it.
11379 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11381 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11382 It must return:
11383 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11384 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11385 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11387 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11388 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11390 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11391 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11392 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11393 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11394 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11395 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11396 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11398 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11400 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11401 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11403 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11405 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11406 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11407 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11408 If nil, check all live frames.
11410 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11412 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11413 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11414 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11415 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11416 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11417 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11418 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11419 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11420 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11421 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11422 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11424 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11426 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11427 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11429 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11430 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11431 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11432 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11433 and window-state is not restored.
11435 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11436 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11438 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11439 t All existing frames can be reused.
11440 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11441 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11442 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11443 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11445 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11446 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11447 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11448 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11449 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11450 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11451 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11452 be created from that parameter alist.
11454 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11455 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11456 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11457 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11458 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11459 - the live frame just restored,
11460 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11461 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11462 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11464 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11465 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11466 nil Keep all frames.
11467 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11468 - FRAME, a live frame.
11469 - ACTION, which can be one of
11470 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11471 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11472 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11473 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11474 Return value is ignored.
11476 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11477 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11478 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11479 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11480 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11482 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11484 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11486 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11487 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11488 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11490 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11492 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11493 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11494 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11496 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11498 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11499 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11500 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11501 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11503 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11505 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11507 ;;;***
11509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21710 32133
11510 ;;;;;; 706297 603000))
11511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11512 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11514 ;;;***
11516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21710 32133
11517 ;;;;;; 738297 770000))
11518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11520 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11521 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11522 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11524 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11526 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11527 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11528 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11529 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11530 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11531 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11532 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11536 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11537 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11538 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11539 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11541 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11542 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11543 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11544 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11545 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11547 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11548 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11549 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11550 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11552 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11553 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11554 shown in some of the buffers.
11556 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11558 The following commands help control operation :
11560 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11561 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11563 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11564 detailed description of this mode.
11567 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11568 | GDB Toolbar |
11569 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11570 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11571 | | |
11572 | | |
11573 | | |
11574 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11575 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11576 | | (comint-mode) |
11577 | | |
11578 | | |
11579 | | |
11580 | | |
11581 | | |
11582 | | |
11583 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11584 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11585 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11586 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11587 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11588 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11590 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11592 ;;;***
11594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21710 32133
11595 ;;;;;; 461296 329000))
11596 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11598 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11599 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11600 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11601 instead (which see).")
11603 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11604 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11606 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11607 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11608 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11609 documentation string instead.
11611 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11612 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11613 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11614 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11615 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11616 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11617 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11618 enders are actually possible.
11620 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11621 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11623 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11624 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11625 `font-lock-keywords'.
11627 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11628 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11629 runs the macro expansion.
11631 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11632 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11633 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11635 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11637 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11639 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11641 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11643 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11644 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11646 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11648 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11649 Enter generic mode MODE.
11651 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11652 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11653 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11655 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11656 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11658 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11660 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11661 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11662 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11663 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11664 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11665 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11666 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11667 `font-lock-keywords'.
11669 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11671 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11673 ;;;***
11675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21710 32133
11676 ;;;;;; 738297 770000))
11677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11679 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11680 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11682 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11683 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11684 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11688 ;;;***
11690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21710 32133
11691 ;;;;;; 515296 610000))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11694 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11695 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11696 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11698 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11700 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11701 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11703 Guideline for numbers:
11704 1 - error messages
11705 3 - non-serious error messages
11706 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11707 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11708 9 - messages inside loops.
11710 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11712 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11713 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11714 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11716 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11718 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11719 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11721 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11723 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11724 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11726 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11727 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11728 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11729 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11730 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11731 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11733 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11734 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11735 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11736 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11737 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11739 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11741 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11743 ;;;***
11745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21710 32133 534296 709000))
11746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11747 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11748 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11749 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11751 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11752 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11756 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11757 Read network news.
11758 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11759 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11760 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11761 name of an NNTP server to use.
11762 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11763 server.
11765 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11767 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11768 Read news as a slave.
11770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11772 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11773 Pop up a frame to read news.
11774 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11775 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11776 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11777 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11778 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11779 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11780 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11781 current display is used.
11783 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11785 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11786 Read network news.
11787 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11788 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11789 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11791 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11793 ;;;***
11795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21710 32133
11796 ;;;;;; 516296 615000))
11797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11799 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11800 Start Gnus unplugged.
11802 \(fn)" t nil)
11804 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11805 Start Gnus plugged.
11807 \(fn)" t nil)
11809 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11810 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11814 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11815 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11817 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11818 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11819 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11821 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11822 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11823 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11825 \(fn)" t nil)
11827 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11828 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11830 \(fn)" nil nil)
11832 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11833 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11834 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11835 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11836 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11837 supported.
11839 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11841 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11842 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11843 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11844 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11845 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11846 supported.
11848 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11850 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11851 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11853 \(fn)" nil nil)
11855 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11856 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11857 downloaded into the agent.
11859 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11861 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11862 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11863 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11864 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11866 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11868 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11869 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11871 \(fn)" t nil)
11873 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11874 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11876 \(fn)" t nil)
11878 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11879 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11880 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11882 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11884 ;;;***
11886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21710 32133
11887 ;;;;;; 518296 626000))
11888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11890 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11891 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11893 \(fn)" nil nil)
11895 ;;;***
11897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21710
11898 ;;;;;; 32133 518296 626000))
11899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11901 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11902 Set a bookmark for this article.
11904 \(fn)" t nil)
11906 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11907 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11909 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11911 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11912 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11913 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11914 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11915 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11917 \(fn)" t nil)
11919 ;;;***
11921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21710 32133
11922 ;;;;;; 519296 631000))
11923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11925 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11926 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11928 Usage:
11929 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11933 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11934 Generate the cache active file.
11936 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11938 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11939 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11941 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11943 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11944 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11945 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11946 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11947 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11948 supported.
11950 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11952 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11953 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11954 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11955 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11956 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11957 supported.
11959 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11961 ;;;***
11963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21710 32133
11964 ;;;;;; 520296 636000))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11967 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11968 Delay this article by some time.
11969 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11971 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11972 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11974 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11975 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11977 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11978 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11980 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11982 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11983 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11985 \(fn)" t nil)
11987 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11988 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11989 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11990 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11992 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11993 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11995 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11997 ;;;***
11999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21710 32133
12000 ;;;;;; 520296 636000))
12001 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12003 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12006 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12008 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12011 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12013 ;;;***
12015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21710 32133
12016 ;;;;;; 520296 636000))
12017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12019 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12020 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12022 \(fn)" t nil)
12024 ;;;***
12026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21710 32133
12027 ;;;;;; 520296 636000))
12028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12030 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12031 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12033 \(fn)" t nil)
12035 ;;;***
12037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21710 32133
12038 ;;;;;; 520296 636000))
12039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12041 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12042 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12044 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12046 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12048 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12049 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12051 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12053 \(fn)" t nil)
12055 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12056 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12058 \(fn)" t nil)
12060 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12061 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12063 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12064 different input formats.
12066 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12068 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12069 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12071 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12072 different input formats.
12074 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12076 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12077 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12078 The PNG is returned as a string.
12080 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12082 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12083 Convert FILE to a Face.
12084 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12085 726 bytes.
12087 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12089 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12090 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12092 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12094 \(fn)" t nil)
12096 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12097 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12099 \(fn)" nil nil)
12101 ;;;***
12103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21710
12104 ;;;;;; 32133 521296 641000))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12107 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12108 Display gravatar in the From header.
12109 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12111 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12113 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12114 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12115 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12117 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12119 ;;;***
12121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21710 32133
12122 ;;;;;; 522296 647000))
12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12125 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12126 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12127 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12128 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12130 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12132 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12133 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12135 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12137 ;;;***
12139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21710 32133
12140 ;;;;;; 522296 647000))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12143 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12146 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12148 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12151 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12153 ;;;***
12155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21710 32133
12156 ;;;;;; 523296 652000))
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12159 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12161 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12162 Run batched scoring.
12163 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12165 \(fn)" t nil)
12167 ;;;***
12169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21710 32133 523296
12170 ;;;;;; 652000))
12171 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12173 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12176 \(fn)" nil nil)
12178 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12179 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12180 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12182 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12184 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12185 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12187 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12191 ;;;***
12193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21710 32133
12194 ;;;;;; 523296 652000))
12195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12197 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12198 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12199 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12200 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12201 group parameters.
12203 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12204 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12205 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12206 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12208 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12209 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12210 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12211 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12212 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12213 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12214 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12215 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12216 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12217 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12219 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12221 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12222 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12223 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12224 nil CATCH-ALL).
12226 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12227 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12229 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12231 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12232 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12233 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12235 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12237 \(fn)" nil nil)
12239 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12240 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12241 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12243 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12245 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12246 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12247 existing groups are considered.
12249 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12250 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12251 returned.
12253 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12254 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12255 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12256 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12257 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12258 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12259 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12260 clauses will be generated.
12262 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12263 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12264 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12265 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12266 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12267 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12269 For example, given the following group parameters:
12271 nnml:mail.bar:
12272 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12273 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12274 nnml:mail.foo:
12275 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12276 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12277 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12278 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12279 nnml:mail.others:
12280 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12282 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12284 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12285 \"mail.bar\")
12286 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12287 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12288 \"mail.others\")
12290 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12292 ;;;***
12294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21710 32133
12295 ;;;;;; 524296 657000))
12296 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12298 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12299 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12300 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12301 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12302 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12303 instead.
12305 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12307 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12308 Mail to ADDRESS.
12310 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12312 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12313 Like `message-reply'.
12315 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12317 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12319 ;;;***
12321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12322 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 524296 657000))
12323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12325 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12326 Send a notification on new message.
12327 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12328 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12329 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12331 This is typically a function to add in
12332 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12334 \(fn)" nil nil)
12336 ;;;***
12338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21710 32133
12339 ;;;;;; 524296 657000))
12340 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12342 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12343 Display picons in the From header.
12344 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12346 \(fn)" t nil)
12348 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12349 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12350 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12352 \(fn)" t nil)
12354 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12355 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12356 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12358 \(fn)" t nil)
12360 ;;;***
12362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21710 32133
12363 ;;;;;; 524296 657000))
12364 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12366 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12367 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12368 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12369 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12371 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12373 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12374 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12375 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12376 LIST1 is modified.
12378 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12380 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12381 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12382 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12384 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12386 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12389 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12391 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12392 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12393 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12395 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12397 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12398 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12399 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12401 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12403 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12405 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12406 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12407 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12409 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12411 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12412 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12413 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12415 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12417 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12418 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12419 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12421 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12423 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12424 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12426 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12428 ;;;***
12430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21710
12431 ;;;;;; 32133 525296 662000))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12434 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12435 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12437 \(fn)" t nil)
12439 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12440 Install the registry hooks.
12442 \(fn)" t nil)
12444 ;;;***
12446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21710 32133
12447 ;;;;;; 526296 667000))
12448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12450 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12451 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12452 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12453 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12454 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12455 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12457 \(fn)" t nil)
12459 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12460 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12461 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12462 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12463 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12465 \(fn)" t nil)
12467 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12470 \(fn)" t nil)
12472 ;;;***
12474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21710 32133
12475 ;;;;;; 526296 667000))
12476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12478 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12479 Update the format specification near point.
12481 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12483 ;;;***
12485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21710 32133
12486 ;;;;;; 527296 673000))
12487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12489 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12490 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12492 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12494 ;;;***
12496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21710 32133
12497 ;;;;;; 530296 688000))
12498 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12500 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12501 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12502 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12504 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12506 ;;;***
12508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21710 32133
12509 ;;;;;; 531296 693000))
12510 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12512 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12513 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12515 \(fn)" t nil)
12517 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12518 Install the sync hooks.
12520 \(fn)" t nil)
12522 ;;;***
12524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21710 32133
12525 ;;;;;; 533296 704000))
12526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12528 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12529 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12531 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12533 ;;;***
12535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21710 32133 630297
12536 ;;;;;; 208000))
12537 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12539 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12540 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12541 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12542 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12543 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12544 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12546 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12548 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12550 ;;;***
12552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21710 32133 707297
12553 ;;;;;; 608000))
12554 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12556 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12557 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12559 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12560 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12561 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12563 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12564 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12565 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12567 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12568 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12570 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12571 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12573 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12575 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12577 ;;;***
12579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21710 32133
12580 ;;;;;; 630297 208000))
12581 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12583 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12585 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12586 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12587 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12588 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12589 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12591 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12593 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12594 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12595 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12596 or to send e-mail.
12597 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12598 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12600 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12601 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12603 \(fn)" t nil)
12604 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12606 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12607 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12608 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12609 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12610 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12614 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12615 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12617 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12619 ;;;***
12621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21710 32133
12622 ;;;;;; 534296 709000))
12623 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12625 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12626 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12627 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12629 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12631 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12632 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12634 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12636 ;;;***
12638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21710 32133 738297
12639 ;;;;;; 770000))
12640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12642 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12643 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12645 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12647 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12648 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12649 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12650 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12651 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12653 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12654 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12655 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12657 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12659 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12660 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12661 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12662 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12663 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12665 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12667 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12668 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12670 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12672 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12673 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12675 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12676 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12677 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12679 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12680 The default find program.
12681 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12682 and others.")
12684 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12685 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12686 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12687 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12689 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12690 How to invoke find and grep.
12691 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12692 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12693 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12694 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12696 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12698 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12699 History list for grep.")
12701 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12702 History list for grep-find.")
12704 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12705 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12706 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12708 \(fn)" nil nil)
12710 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12713 \(fn)" nil nil)
12715 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12716 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12718 \(fn)" nil nil)
12720 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12721 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12722 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12723 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12724 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12726 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12727 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12729 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12730 can easily repeat a grep command.
12732 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12733 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12734 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12735 list is empty).
12737 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12739 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12740 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12741 Collect output in a buffer.
12742 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12743 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12745 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12746 easily repeat a find command.
12748 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12750 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12752 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12753 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12754 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12755 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12756 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12758 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12759 before it is executed.
12760 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12762 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12763 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12764 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12766 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12768 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12770 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12771 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12772 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12773 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12774 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12776 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12777 before it is executed.
12778 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12780 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12781 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12782 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12783 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12785 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12787 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12788 to specify a command to run.
12790 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12792 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12793 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12794 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12795 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12797 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12799 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12801 ;;;***
12803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21710 32133 552296 802000))
12804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12806 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12807 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12808 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12809 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12810 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12812 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12814 ;;;***
12816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21710 32133 739297
12817 ;;;;;; 775000))
12818 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12820 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12821 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12822 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12823 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12825 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12827 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12828 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12829 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12830 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12832 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12834 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12835 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12836 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12837 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12839 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12841 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12842 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12843 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12844 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12846 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12847 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12849 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12851 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12852 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12853 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12854 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12856 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12858 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12859 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12860 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12861 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12863 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12865 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12866 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12867 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12868 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12870 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12872 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12873 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12874 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12875 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12876 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12878 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12879 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12880 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12881 original source file access method.
12883 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12884 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12886 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12888 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12889 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12891 \(fn)" t nil)
12893 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12894 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12895 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12898 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12900 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12902 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12903 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12905 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12906 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12910 ;;;***
12912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21710 32133 462296
12913 ;;;;;; 335000))
12914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12916 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12917 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12918 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12919 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12920 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12921 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12922 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12923 set it to.
12924 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12926 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12928 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12929 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12930 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12931 of PLACE.
12932 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12933 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12934 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12935 and SETTER.
12936 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12937 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12939 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12941 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12943 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12944 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12945 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12946 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12947 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12949 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12951 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12953 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12956 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12958 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12960 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12962 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12963 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12964 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12965 well for simple place forms.
12966 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12967 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12968 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12969 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12970 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12971 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12972 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12974 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12976 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12978 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12979 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12980 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12981 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12982 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12984 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12985 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12986 (let ((temp VAL))
12987 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12988 temp)
12989 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12991 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12993 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12994 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12995 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12996 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12997 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12998 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13000 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13002 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13004 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13005 Return a reference to PLACE.
13006 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13007 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13008 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13009 binding mode.
13011 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13013 ;;;***
13015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21710 32133
13016 ;;;;;; 707297 608000))
13017 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13019 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13020 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13021 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13022 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13024 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13025 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13026 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13027 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13029 \(fn)" t nil)
13031 ;;;***
13033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21710 32133 708297
13034 ;;;;;; 614000))
13035 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13037 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13038 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13040 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13042 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13043 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13044 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13045 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13047 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13049 \(fn)" t nil)
13051 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13052 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13053 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13054 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13055 to be updated.
13057 \(fn)" t nil)
13059 ;;;***
13061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21710 32133
13062 ;;;;;; 601297 57000))
13063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13065 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13066 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13068 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13070 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13071 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13072 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13074 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13076 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13077 Verify a hashcash payment
13079 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13081 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13082 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13083 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13084 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13085 `mail-add-payment-async').
13087 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13089 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13090 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13091 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13092 Calculation is asynchronous.
13094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13096 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13097 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13098 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13102 ;;;***
13104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21710 32133 552296
13105 ;;;;;; 802000))
13106 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13108 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13109 Return the help-echo string at point.
13110 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13111 property, or nil, is returned.
13112 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13113 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13114 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13116 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13118 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13119 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13120 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13121 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13122 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13124 \(fn)" nil nil)
13126 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13127 Display local help in the echo area.
13128 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13129 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13130 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13131 printed instead.
13133 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13134 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13135 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13139 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13140 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13141 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13143 \(fn)" t nil)
13145 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13146 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13147 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13149 \(fn)" t nil)
13151 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13152 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13153 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13154 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13155 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13156 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13157 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13158 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13159 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13160 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13161 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13163 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13164 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13165 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13166 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13167 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13169 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13170 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13171 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13172 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13173 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13174 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13175 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13176 The default is `never'.")
13178 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13180 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13181 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13182 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13183 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13184 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13185 considered different regions.
13187 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13188 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13189 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13190 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13191 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13192 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13193 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13194 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13195 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13197 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13199 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13200 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13201 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13202 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13203 different regions.
13205 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13206 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13207 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13208 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13209 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13210 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13211 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13212 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13214 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13215 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13216 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13217 rarely happens in practice.
13219 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13221 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13222 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13223 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13224 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13225 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13226 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13230 ;;;***
13232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21710 32133 553296
13233 ;;;;;; 808000))
13234 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13236 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13237 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13239 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13241 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13242 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13243 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13245 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13247 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13248 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13249 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13250 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13251 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13252 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13253 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13255 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13256 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13257 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13258 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13259 suitable file is found, return nil.
13261 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13263 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13266 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13268 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13269 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13270 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13271 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13273 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13275 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13276 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13277 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13278 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13279 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13280 it is displayed along with the global value.
13282 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13284 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13285 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13286 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13287 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13289 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13291 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13292 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13293 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13294 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13295 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13297 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13299 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13300 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13302 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13304 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13305 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13307 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13309 ;;;***
13311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21710 32133 553296
13312 ;;;;;; 808000))
13313 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13315 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13316 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13317 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13318 window listing and describing the options.
13319 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13320 gives the window that lists the options.")
13322 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13324 ;;;***
13326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21710 32133 553296
13327 ;;;;;; 808000))
13328 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13330 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13331 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13332 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13333 Commands:
13334 \\{help-mode-map}
13336 \(fn)" t nil)
13338 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13341 \(fn)" nil nil)
13343 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13346 \(fn)" nil nil)
13348 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13349 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13351 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13352 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13353 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13354 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13356 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13357 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13358 restore it properly when going back.
13360 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13362 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13363 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13364 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13365 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13366 from `help-mode'.
13367 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13368 it does not already exist.
13370 \(fn)" nil nil)
13372 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13373 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13375 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13376 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13377 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13378 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13379 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13380 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13381 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13382 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13384 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13385 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13386 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13387 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13389 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13390 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13391 that.
13393 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13395 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13396 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13397 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13398 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13399 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13400 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13402 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13404 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13405 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13406 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13407 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13408 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13410 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13412 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13413 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13415 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13417 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13418 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13419 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13420 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13422 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13424 ;;;***
13426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21710 32133
13427 ;;;;;; 462296 335000))
13428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13430 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13431 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13433 \(fn)" t nil)
13435 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13436 Provide help for current mode.
13438 \(fn)" t nil)
13440 ;;;***
13442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21710 32133 554296 813000))
13443 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13445 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13446 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13447 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13448 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13449 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13451 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13452 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13454 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13455 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13456 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13457 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13459 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13460 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13461 periods.
13463 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13464 in hexl format.
13466 A sample format:
13468 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13469 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13470 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13471 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13472 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13473 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13474 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13475 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13476 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13477 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13478 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13479 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13480 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13481 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13482 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13484 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13485 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13486 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13488 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13489 also supported.
13491 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13493 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13494 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13495 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13497 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13498 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13499 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13501 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13502 into the buffer at the current point.
13504 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13505 into the buffer at the current point.
13507 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13508 into the buffer at the current point.
13510 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13512 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13513 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13515 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13517 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13521 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13522 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13523 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13524 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13526 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13528 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13529 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13530 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13532 \(fn)" t nil)
13534 ;;;***
13536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21710 32133 555296
13537 ;;;;;; 818000))
13538 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13540 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13541 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13543 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13544 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13546 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13547 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13548 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13549 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13551 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13552 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13553 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13554 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13556 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13557 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13558 which can be called interactively, are:
13560 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13561 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13563 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13564 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13565 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13566 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13568 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13569 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13571 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13572 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13573 available face automatically.
13575 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13576 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13578 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13579 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13580 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13581 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13582 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13583 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13584 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13585 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13586 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13587 function returns t.
13589 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13590 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13592 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13593 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13594 form:
13595 Hi-lock: FOO
13597 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13598 position (number of characters into buffer)
13599 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13600 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13601 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13605 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13606 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13607 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13608 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13609 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13610 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13612 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13614 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13615 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13616 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13617 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13618 ARG is omitted or nil.
13620 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13621 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13622 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13624 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13626 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13628 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13629 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13630 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13631 Use the global history list for FACE.
13633 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13634 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13635 highlighting will not update as you type.
13637 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13639 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13641 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13642 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13643 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13644 Use the global history list for FACE.
13646 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13647 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13648 highlighting will not update as you type.
13650 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13652 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13654 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13655 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13656 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13657 Use the global history list for FACE.
13659 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13660 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13661 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13663 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13664 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13665 highlighting will not update as you type.
13667 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13669 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13671 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13672 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13673 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13674 unless you use a prefix argument.
13675 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13677 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13678 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13680 \(fn)" t nil)
13682 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13684 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13685 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13686 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13687 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13688 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13689 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13691 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13693 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13694 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13696 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13697 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13698 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13700 \(fn)" t nil)
13702 ;;;***
13704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21710 32133
13705 ;;;;;; 740297 780000))
13706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13708 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13709 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13710 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13711 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13712 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13714 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13715 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13716 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13717 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13719 `hide-ifdef-env'
13720 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13721 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13722 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13723 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13724 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13725 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13726 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13728 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13729 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13730 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13731 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13732 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13734 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13735 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13736 #endif lines when hiding.
13738 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13739 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13740 is activated.
13742 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13743 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13744 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13746 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13750 ;;;***
13752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21710 32133
13753 ;;;;;; 740297 780000))
13754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13756 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13757 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13758 Each element has the form
13759 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13761 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13762 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13764 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13765 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13767 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13768 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13769 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13770 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13771 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13772 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13774 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13775 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13777 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13778 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13780 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13781 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13782 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13784 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13785 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13786 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13787 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13788 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13790 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13791 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13792 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13794 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13795 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13796 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13798 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13799 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13801 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13803 Key bindings:
13804 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13808 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13809 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13811 \(fn)" nil nil)
13813 ;;;***
13815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21710 32133 555296
13816 ;;;;;; 818000))
13817 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13819 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13820 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13821 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13822 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13823 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13825 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13826 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13827 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13828 this on and off.
13830 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13831 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13832 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13833 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13834 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13835 through various faces.
13836 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13837 buffer with the contents of a file
13838 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13842 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13843 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13844 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13845 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13846 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13848 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13849 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13850 in a distinctive face.
13852 The default value can be customized with variable
13853 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13855 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13859 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13860 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13861 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13863 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13865 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13866 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13868 \(fn)" t nil)
13870 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13871 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13873 \(fn)" t nil)
13875 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13876 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13878 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13879 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13880 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13881 shown in the last face in the list.
13883 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13884 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13885 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13887 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13889 \(fn)" t nil)
13891 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13892 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13894 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13896 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13897 to save the file.
13899 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13900 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13902 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13903 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13904 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13906 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13908 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13909 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13911 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13912 this function is called interactively.
13914 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13915 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13916 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13918 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13919 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13920 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13922 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13924 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13925 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13926 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13928 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13929 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13931 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13933 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13934 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13935 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13936 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13937 ARG is omitted or nil.
13939 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13940 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13941 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13945 ;;;***
13947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21710 32133 555296
13948 ;;;;;; 818000))
13949 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13950 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13952 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13953 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13954 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13955 or insert functions in this list.")
13957 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13959 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13960 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13961 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13962 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13963 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13964 expansions.
13965 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13966 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13967 undoes the expansion.
13969 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13971 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13972 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13973 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13974 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13976 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13978 ;;;***
13980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21710 32133 555296
13981 ;;;;;; 818000))
13982 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13984 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13985 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13986 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13987 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13988 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13990 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13991 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13992 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13993 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13994 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13995 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13997 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13998 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13999 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14000 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14004 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14005 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14006 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14007 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14008 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14009 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14011 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14013 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14014 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14015 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14016 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14017 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14019 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14020 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14021 windows.
14023 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14024 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14028 ;;;***
14030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21710 32133
14031 ;;;;;; 404296 33000))
14032 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14034 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14035 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14036 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14038 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14040 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14042 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14043 Oriental holidays.
14044 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14046 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14048 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14050 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14051 Local holidays.
14052 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14054 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14056 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14058 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14059 User defined holidays.
14060 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14062 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14064 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14066 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14067 Jewish holidays.
14068 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14070 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14072 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14074 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14075 Christian holidays.
14076 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14078 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14080 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14082 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14083 Islamic holidays.
14084 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14086 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14088 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14090 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14091 Bahá'í holidays.
14092 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14094 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14096 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14098 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14099 Sun-related holidays.
14100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14102 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14104 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14106 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14108 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14109 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14110 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14111 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14115 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14116 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14117 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14118 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14119 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14121 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14122 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14124 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14125 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14127 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14128 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14129 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14130 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14131 of a holiday list.
14133 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14135 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14137 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14139 ;;;***
14141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21710 32133
14142 ;;;;;; 534296 709000))
14143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14145 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14146 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14148 \(fn)" t nil)
14150 ;;;***
14152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21710 32133
14153 ;;;;;; 556296 823000))
14154 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14155 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14157 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14158 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14159 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14160 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14161 as possible.
14163 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14164 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14165 fontified display.
14167 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14168 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14170 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14171 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14172 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14174 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14176 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14177 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14178 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14180 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14182 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14184 ;;;***
14186 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21710 32133 557296
14187 ;;;;;; 829000))
14188 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14190 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14191 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14193 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14194 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14195 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14197 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14198 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14199 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14200 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14201 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14202 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14204 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14205 title of the column.
14207 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14208 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14209 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14210 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14211 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14213 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14215 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14217 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14218 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14219 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14220 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14221 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14223 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14224 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14225 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14227 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14229 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14231 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14233 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14234 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14235 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14236 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14237 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14238 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14240 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14241 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14242 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14243 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14244 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14245 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14246 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14247 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14248 values are:
14249 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14250 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14251 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14252 buffer's modification flag.
14253 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14254 prompted before performing this operation.
14255 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14256 operation is complete, in the form:
14257 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14258 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14259 confirmation message, in the form:
14260 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14261 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14262 macro for exactly what it does.
14264 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14266 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14268 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14270 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14271 Define a filter named NAME.
14272 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14273 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14274 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14276 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14277 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14278 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14279 bound to the current value of the filter.
14281 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14283 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14285 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14287 ;;;***
14289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21710 32133 557296
14290 ;;;;;; 829000))
14291 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14294 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14295 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14296 buffers which are visiting a file.
14298 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14300 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14301 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14302 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14303 buffers which are visiting a file.
14305 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14307 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14308 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14309 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14311 All arguments are optional.
14312 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14313 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14314 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14315 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14316 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14317 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14318 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14319 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14320 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14321 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14322 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14323 that value locally in this buffer.
14325 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14327 ;;;***
14329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21710
14330 ;;;;;; 32133 404296 33000))
14331 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14332 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14334 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14335 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14336 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14337 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14339 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14341 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14342 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14343 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14344 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14345 ICAL-FILENAME.
14346 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14347 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14348 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14350 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14352 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14353 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14354 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14355 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14356 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14357 non-marking or not.
14359 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14361 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14362 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14364 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14365 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14366 DIARY-FILE.
14368 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14369 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14370 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14372 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14373 non-marking.
14375 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14376 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14377 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14379 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14381 ;;;***
14383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21710 32133 558296
14384 ;;;;;; 834000))
14385 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14387 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14388 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14389 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14390 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14391 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14392 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14394 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14396 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14397 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14398 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14399 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14400 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14402 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14403 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14404 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14405 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14407 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14408 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14410 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14411 completions:
14413 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14415 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14416 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14417 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14418 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14419 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14421 ;;;***
14423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21710 32133 740297
14424 ;;;;;; 780000))
14425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14427 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14428 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14429 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14430 Tab indents for Icon code.
14431 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14432 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14433 \\{icon-mode-map}
14434 Variables controlling indentation style:
14435 icon-tab-always-indent
14436 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14437 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14438 icon-auto-newline
14439 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14440 inserted in Icon code.
14441 icon-indent-level
14442 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14443 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14444 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14445 icon-continued-statement-offset
14446 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14447 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14448 icon-continued-brace-offset
14449 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14450 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14451 icon-brace-offset
14452 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14453 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14454 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14455 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14457 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14458 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14460 \(fn)" t nil)
14462 ;;;***
14464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21710
14465 ;;;;;; 32133 742297 790000))
14466 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14468 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14469 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14470 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14471 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14473 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14474 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14475 separate frames.
14477 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14478 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14480 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14481 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14482 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14484 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14486 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14488 ;;;***
14490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21710 32133
14491 ;;;;;; 745297 806000))
14492 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14493 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14495 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14496 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14498 The main features of this mode are
14500 1. Indentation and Formatting
14501 --------------------------
14502 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14503 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14505 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14506 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14507 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14508 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14510 Comments are indented as follows:
14512 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14513 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14514 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14516 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14518 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14519 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14520 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14521 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14522 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14523 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14525 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14526 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14527 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14528 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14530 2. Routine Info
14531 ------------
14532 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14533 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14534 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14535 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14536 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14537 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14538 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14539 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14540 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14541 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14543 3. Online IDL Help
14544 ---------------
14546 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14547 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14548 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14549 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14551 4. Completion
14552 ----------
14553 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14554 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14555 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14556 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14557 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14558 upper case.
14560 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14561 --------------------------------
14562 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14563 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14565 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14566 \\fu FUNCTION template
14567 \\c CASE statement template
14568 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14569 \\f FOR loop template
14570 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14571 \\w WHILE loop template
14572 \\i IF statement template
14573 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14574 \\b BEGIN
14576 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14577 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14579 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14580 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14581 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14582 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14584 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14585 -------------------------
14586 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14587 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14589 7. Automatic END completion
14590 ------------------------
14591 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14592 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14594 8. Hooks
14595 -----
14596 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14597 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14599 9. Documentation and Customization
14600 -------------------------------
14601 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14602 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14603 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14604 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14605 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14606 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14608 10.Keybindings
14609 -----------
14610 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14611 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14612 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14614 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14616 \(fn)" t nil)
14618 ;;;***
14620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21710 32133 559296 839000))
14621 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14623 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14624 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14625 The following values are possible:
14626 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14627 displaying...)
14628 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14629 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14630 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14633 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14635 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14637 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14638 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14639 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14640 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14641 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14642 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14643 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14644 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14645 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14647 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14649 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14650 Switch to another buffer.
14651 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14652 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14653 in another frame.
14655 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14656 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14657 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14658 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14659 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14661 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14662 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14664 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14666 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14667 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14668 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14669 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14670 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14671 in a separate window.
14672 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14673 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14674 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14675 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14676 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14677 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14678 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14679 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14680 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14682 \(fn)" t nil)
14684 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14685 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14686 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14687 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14689 \(fn)" t nil)
14691 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14692 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14693 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14694 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14696 \(fn)" t nil)
14698 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14699 Kill a buffer.
14700 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14701 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14703 \(fn)" t nil)
14705 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14706 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14707 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14708 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14710 \(fn)" t nil)
14712 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14713 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14714 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14715 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14717 \(fn)" t nil)
14719 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14720 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14722 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14724 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14725 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14726 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14727 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14728 in another frame.
14730 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14731 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14732 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14733 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14734 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14735 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14737 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14738 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14740 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14742 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14743 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14744 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14745 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14746 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14747 in a separate window.
14748 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14749 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14750 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14751 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14752 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14753 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14754 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14755 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14756 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14757 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14758 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14759 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14760 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14761 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14762 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14763 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14764 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14765 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14767 \(fn)" t nil)
14769 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14770 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14771 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14772 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14774 \(fn)" t nil)
14776 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14777 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14778 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14779 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14781 \(fn)" t nil)
14783 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14784 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14785 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14786 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14788 \(fn)" t nil)
14790 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14791 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14792 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14793 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14795 \(fn)" t nil)
14797 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14798 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14799 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14800 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14802 \(fn)" t nil)
14804 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14805 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14806 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14807 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14809 \(fn)" t nil)
14811 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14812 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14813 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14814 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14816 \(fn)" t nil)
14818 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14819 Write current buffer to a file.
14820 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14821 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14823 \(fn)" t nil)
14825 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14826 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14827 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14828 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14830 \(fn)" t nil)
14832 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14833 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14834 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14835 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14837 \(fn)" t nil)
14839 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14840 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14841 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14842 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14843 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14844 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14846 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14848 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14849 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14850 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14851 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14853 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14855 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14856 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14857 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14858 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14860 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14862 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14863 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14864 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14865 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14866 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14867 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14868 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14869 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14870 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14871 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14872 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14873 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14874 with point positioned at the end.
14875 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14876 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14878 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14880 ;;;***
14882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21710 32133 559296 839000))
14883 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14885 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14886 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14887 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14888 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14890 \(fn)" t nil)
14892 ;;;***
14894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21710 32133 559296 839000))
14895 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14897 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14899 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14900 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14902 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14903 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14904 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14908 ;;;***
14910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21710 32133 561296 849000))
14911 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14913 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14914 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14915 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14916 be determined.
14918 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14920 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14921 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14922 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14923 be determined.
14925 \(fn)" nil nil)
14927 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14928 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14929 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14930 be determined.
14932 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14934 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14935 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14936 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14937 be determined.
14939 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14941 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14942 Determine and return image type.
14943 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14944 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14945 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14946 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14947 use its file extension as image type.
14948 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14950 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14952 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14953 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14954 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14956 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14958 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14959 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14960 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14962 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14963 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14964 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14965 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14966 must be available.
14968 \(fn)" nil nil)
14970 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14971 Create an image.
14972 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14973 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14974 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14975 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14976 use its file extension as image type.
14977 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14978 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14979 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14980 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14982 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14984 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14985 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14986 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14988 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14990 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14991 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14992 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14993 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14994 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14995 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14996 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14997 POS may be an integer or marker.
14998 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14999 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15000 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15001 means display it in the right marginal area.
15003 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15005 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15006 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15007 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15008 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15009 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15010 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15011 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15012 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15013 means display it in the right marginal area.
15014 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15015 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15016 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15017 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15018 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15020 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15022 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15023 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15024 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15025 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15026 STRING is a single space.
15027 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15028 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15029 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15030 means display it in the right marginal area.
15031 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15033 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15035 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15036 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15037 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15038 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15040 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15042 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15043 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15045 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15047 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15048 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15049 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15050 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15051 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15052 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15053 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15054 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15055 satisfied.
15057 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15059 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15061 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15063 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15064 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15066 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15067 documentation string.
15069 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15070 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15071 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15072 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15073 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15074 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15075 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15076 define SYMBOL.
15078 Example:
15080 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15081 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15083 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15085 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15087 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15088 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15089 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15090 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15092 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15093 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15094 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15095 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15097 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15099 \(fn)" nil nil)
15101 ;;;***
15103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21710 32133
15104 ;;;;;; 560296 844000))
15105 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15106 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15108 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15109 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15110 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15111 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15112 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15113 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15117 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15118 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15120 Convenience command that:
15122 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15123 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15124 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15126 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15127 image files in dired and type
15128 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15130 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15132 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15133 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15135 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15137 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15138 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15139 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15140 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15141 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15142 another one).
15144 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15145 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15146 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15148 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15149 instead of erasing it first.
15151 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15152 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15153 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15154 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15155 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15156 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15158 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15160 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15161 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15162 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15163 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15164 displayed.
15166 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15168 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15170 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15172 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15173 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15175 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15177 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15178 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15179 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15181 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15183 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15184 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15186 \(fn)" t nil)
15188 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15189 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15190 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15191 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15193 \(fn)" t nil)
15195 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15196 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15198 \(fn)" t nil)
15200 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15201 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15203 \(fn)" t nil)
15205 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15206 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15208 \(fn)" t nil)
15210 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15211 Display current image file.
15212 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15213 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15215 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15217 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15218 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15220 \(fn)" t nil)
15222 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15223 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15224 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15225 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15226 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15227 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15228 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15230 \(fn)" t nil)
15232 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15233 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15234 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15235 easy-to-use form.
15237 \(fn)" t nil)
15239 ;;;***
15241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21710 32133 560296
15242 ;;;;;; 844000))
15243 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15245 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15246 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15247 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15248 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15250 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15251 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15252 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15253 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15255 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15257 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15258 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15259 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15260 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15262 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15263 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15264 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15265 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15267 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15269 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15270 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15272 \(fn)" nil nil)
15274 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15275 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15276 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15277 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15279 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15281 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15282 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15283 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15284 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15285 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15286 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15288 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15290 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15291 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15292 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15293 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15294 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15296 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15297 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15298 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15302 ;;;***
15304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21710 32133 560296
15305 ;;;;;; 844000))
15306 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15308 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15309 Major mode for image files.
15310 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15311 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15313 Key bindings:
15314 \\{image-mode-map}
15316 \(fn)" t nil)
15318 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15319 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15320 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15321 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15322 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15324 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15325 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15326 actual image.
15328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15330 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15331 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15332 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15333 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15334 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15335 to display an image file as the actual image.
15337 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15338 to display an image file as text initially.
15340 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15341 on these modes.
15343 \(fn)" t nil)
15345 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15348 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15350 ;;;***
15352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21710 32133 561296 849000))
15353 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15355 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15356 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15358 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15360 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15361 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15362 in the buffer.
15364 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15366 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15367 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15368 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15370 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15372 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15373 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15374 Each element of this list should have the form
15376 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15378 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15379 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15380 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15381 matches are put).
15382 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15383 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15384 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15385 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15386 another element.
15387 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15388 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15389 the menu item.
15390 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15391 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15392 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15393 the ARGUMENTS.
15395 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15396 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15397 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15399 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15400 create a buffer index.
15402 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15403 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15404 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15405 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15406 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15408 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15410 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15411 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15413 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15414 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15415 called within a `save-excursion'.
15417 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15419 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15421 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15422 Function for finding the next index position.
15424 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15425 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15426 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15427 file.
15429 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15430 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15432 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15434 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15435 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15437 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15438 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15439 It should return the name for that index item.")
15441 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15443 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15444 Function to compare string with index item.
15446 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15447 non-nil if they match.
15449 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15450 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15451 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15452 arguments match\".")
15454 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15456 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15457 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15458 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15460 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15461 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15463 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15465 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15467 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15468 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15469 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15470 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15472 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15474 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15475 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15477 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15479 \(fn)" t nil)
15481 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15482 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15483 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15484 for more information.
15486 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15488 ;;;***
15490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21710 32133
15491 ;;;;;; 580296 948000))
15492 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15494 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15495 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15497 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15499 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15502 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15504 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15507 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15509 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15512 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15514 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15515 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15517 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15519 ;;;***
15521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21710 32133
15522 ;;;;;; 745297 806000))
15523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15525 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15526 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15527 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15528 to that buffer.
15529 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15530 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15531 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15532 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15534 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15536 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15538 ;;;***
15540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21710 32133 563296 860000))
15541 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15543 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15544 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15545 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15546 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15547 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15548 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15549 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15550 first in this list.
15552 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15553 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15554 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15555 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15556 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15558 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15559 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15560 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15562 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15563 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15565 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15566 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15568 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15569 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15570 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15571 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15572 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15573 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15574 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15575 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15576 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15577 with the top-level Info directory.
15579 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15580 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15582 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15584 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15585 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15586 in all the directories in that path.
15588 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15590 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15592 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15593 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15595 \(fn)" t nil)
15597 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15598 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15600 \(fn)" t nil)
15602 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15603 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15604 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15605 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15607 \(fn)" nil nil)
15609 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15610 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15611 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15612 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15614 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15616 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15617 Go to the Info directory node.
15619 \(fn)" t nil)
15621 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15622 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15623 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15624 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15625 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15626 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15628 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15630 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15631 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15632 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15634 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15636 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15637 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15638 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15639 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15640 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15642 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15644 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15645 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15646 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15647 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15648 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15650 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15651 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15653 Selecting other nodes:
15654 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15655 Follow a node reference you click on.
15656 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15657 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15658 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15659 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15660 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15661 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15662 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15663 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15664 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15665 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15666 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15667 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15668 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15669 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15670 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15671 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15672 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15673 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15674 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15675 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15677 Moving within a node:
15678 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15679 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15680 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15681 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15682 move up to the parent node.
15683 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15684 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15685 if there is none.
15686 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15688 Advanced commands:
15689 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15690 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15691 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15692 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15693 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15694 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15695 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15696 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15697 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15698 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15699 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15700 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15701 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15702 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15703 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15704 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15706 \(fn)" t nil)
15707 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15709 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15710 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15711 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15712 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15713 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15714 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15716 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15717 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15719 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15720 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15721 KEY is a string.
15722 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15723 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15724 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15725 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15727 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15729 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15730 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15731 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15733 \(fn)" t nil)
15735 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15736 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15737 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15739 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15741 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15742 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15743 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15744 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15745 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15746 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15748 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15750 ;;;***
15752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21710 32133 562296
15753 ;;;;;; 854000))
15754 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15756 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15757 Throw away all cached data.
15758 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15759 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15760 system.
15762 \(fn)" t nil)
15763 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15765 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15766 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15767 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15768 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15769 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15770 one found at point.
15772 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15774 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15775 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15777 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15778 Display the documentation of a file.
15779 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15780 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15781 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15782 The default file name is the one found at point.
15784 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15786 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15788 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15789 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15791 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15793 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15794 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15796 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15798 ;;;***
15800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21710 32133 562296
15801 ;;;;;; 854000))
15802 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15803 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15805 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15806 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15807 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15808 current info file is the default.
15810 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15811 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15812 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15813 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15814 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15816 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15817 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15818 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15819 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15820 mistake in the reference.
15822 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15823 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15824 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15826 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15827 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15828 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15829 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15831 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15833 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15834 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15835 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15836 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15837 checked.
15839 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15840 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15841 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15842 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15843 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15844 should be harmless.
15846 \(fn)" t nil)
15848 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15849 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15850 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15851 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15853 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15854 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15855 and can take a long time.
15857 \(fn)" t nil)
15859 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15860 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15861 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15863 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15865 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15866 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15868 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15869 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15870 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15871 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15872 all builtins).
15874 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15875 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15876 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15877 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15878 the sources handy.
15880 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15882 ;;;***
15884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21710 32133 564296
15885 ;;;;;; 865000))
15886 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15888 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15889 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15891 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15893 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15894 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15896 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15898 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15899 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15900 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15901 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15903 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15904 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15905 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15907 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15908 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15909 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15910 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15912 \(fn)" t nil)
15914 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15915 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15916 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15918 \(fn)" t nil)
15920 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15921 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15922 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15923 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15924 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15926 \(fn)" nil nil)
15928 ;;;***
15930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21710 32133
15931 ;;;;;; 462296 335000))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
15934 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
15937 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
15939 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
15941 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
15943 ;;;***
15945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21710 32133
15946 ;;;;;; 414296 85000))
15947 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15948 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15950 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15951 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15952 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15954 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15956 ;;;***
15958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21710
15959 ;;;;;; 32133 565296 870000))
15960 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15962 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15963 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15965 \(fn)" t nil)
15967 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15968 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15970 \(fn)" t nil)
15972 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15975 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15977 ;;;***
15979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21710 32133 573296
15980 ;;;;;; 912000))
15981 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15982 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15984 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15985 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15986 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15987 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15988 accessed via isearchb.
15990 \(fn)" t nil)
15992 ;;;***
15994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21710
15995 ;;;;;; 32133 566296 875000))
15996 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15998 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15999 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16000 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16001 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16002 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16004 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16006 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16007 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16008 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16009 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16010 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16012 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16014 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16015 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16016 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16017 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16018 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16020 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16022 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16023 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16024 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16025 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16026 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16028 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16030 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16031 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16032 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16033 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16034 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16036 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16038 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16039 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16040 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16041 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16042 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16044 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16046 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16047 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16048 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16049 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16050 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16052 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16054 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16055 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16056 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16057 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16059 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16061 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16062 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16063 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16064 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16066 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16068 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16069 Warn that format is read-only.
16071 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16073 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16074 Warn that format is write-only.
16076 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16078 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16079 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16081 \(fn)" t nil)
16083 ;;;***
16085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16086 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 566296 875000))
16087 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16088 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16089 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16091 ;;;***
16093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21710 32133
16094 ;;;;;; 793298 56000))
16095 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16097 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16099 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16100 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16101 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16102 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16103 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16105 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16107 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16109 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16110 Key map for ispell menu.")
16112 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16113 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16114 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16115 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16117 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16119 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16121 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16123 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16125 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16126 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16127 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16128 Valid forms include:
16129 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16130 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16131 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16132 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16134 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16135 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16136 First list is used raw.
16137 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16139 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16140 for skipping in latex mode.")
16142 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16143 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16144 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16145 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16146 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16147 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16148 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16150 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16151 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16152 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16153 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16155 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16156 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16157 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16158 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16159 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16161 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16162 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16164 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16165 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16167 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16168 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16170 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16171 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16173 Return values:
16174 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16175 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16176 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16177 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16178 quit spell session exited.
16180 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16182 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16183 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16184 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16186 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16188 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16189 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16191 Selections are:
16193 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16194 SPC: Accept word this time.
16195 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16196 `a': Accept word for this session.
16197 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16198 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16199 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16200 `?': Show these commands.
16201 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16202 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16203 the aborted check to be completed later.
16204 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16205 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16206 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16207 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16208 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16209 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16210 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16212 \(fn)" nil nil)
16214 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16215 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16216 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16217 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16219 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16221 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16222 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16223 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16224 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16226 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16228 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16230 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16231 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16232 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16233 amount for last line processed.
16235 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16237 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16238 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16240 \(fn)" t nil)
16242 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16243 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16245 \(fn)" t nil)
16247 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16248 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16249 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16251 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16253 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16254 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16256 \(fn)" t nil)
16258 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16259 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16260 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16261 sequence inside of a word.
16263 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16265 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16267 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16268 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16270 \(fn)" t nil)
16272 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16273 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16274 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16275 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16277 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16278 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16279 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16280 available on the net.
16282 \(fn)" t nil)
16284 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16285 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16286 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16287 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16288 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16290 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16291 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16292 spelled.
16294 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16295 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16296 SPC.
16298 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16299 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16303 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16304 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16305 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16306 Don't check included messages.
16308 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16309 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16310 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16312 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16313 in your init file:
16314 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16315 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16316 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16317 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16319 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16320 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16321 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16323 \(fn)" t nil)
16325 ;;;***
16327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21710
16328 ;;;;;; 32133 580296 948000))
16329 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16331 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16334 \(fn)" nil nil)
16336 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16337 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16338 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16339 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16340 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16341 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16342 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16343 necessary to represent OBJ.
16345 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16347 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16348 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16349 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16350 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16352 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16354 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16355 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16356 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16357 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16358 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16360 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16362 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16363 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16364 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16365 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16367 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16369 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16370 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16371 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16372 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16374 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16376 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16377 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16379 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16381 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16382 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16383 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16384 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16385 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16387 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16389 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16390 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16391 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16392 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16393 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16395 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16397 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16398 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16399 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16401 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16403 ;;;***
16405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21710 32133 573296
16406 ;;;;;; 912000))
16407 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16409 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16410 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16411 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16412 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16414 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16417 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16419 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16420 Uninstall jka-compr.
16421 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16422 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16423 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16425 \(fn)" nil nil)
16427 ;;;***
16429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21710 32133 746297
16430 ;;;;;; 811000))
16431 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16432 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16434 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16435 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16437 \(fn)" t nil)
16438 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16440 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16442 ;;;***
16444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21710 32133 573296 912000))
16445 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16446 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16448 ;;;***
16450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21710 32133
16451 ;;;;;; 471296 381000))
16452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16454 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16455 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16456 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16457 decimal key must be specified.")
16459 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16461 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16462 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16463 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16464 decimal key must be specified.")
16466 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16468 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16469 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16470 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16471 decimal key must be specified.")
16473 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16475 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16476 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16477 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16478 decimal key must be specified.")
16480 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16482 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16483 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16484 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16485 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16486 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16487 keys are bound.
16489 Setup Binding
16490 -------------------------------------------------------------
16491 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16492 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16493 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16494 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16495 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16496 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16497 in the global and local keymaps.
16499 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16500 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16502 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16504 ;;;***
16506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21710
16507 ;;;;;; 32133 566296 875000))
16508 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16510 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16511 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16512 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16514 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16515 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16516 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16517 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16518 shorter.
16520 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16521 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16522 the context of text formatting.
16524 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16526 ;;;***
16528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21710 32133 566296
16529 ;;;;;; 875000))
16530 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16532 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16533 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16534 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16535 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16536 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16537 positions that contains the current selection.")
16539 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16540 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16541 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16542 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16543 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16544 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16545 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16547 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16549 ;;;***
16551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21710 32133 574296 917000))
16552 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16553 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16554 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16555 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16556 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16557 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16558 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16559 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16561 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16562 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16563 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16565 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16567 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16568 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16569 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16570 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16571 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16573 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16575 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16576 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16577 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16579 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16580 defining the macro.
16582 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16583 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16584 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16586 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16587 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16589 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16591 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16592 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16593 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16594 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16595 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16596 under that name.
16598 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16599 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16600 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16602 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16604 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16605 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16606 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16607 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16609 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16610 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16611 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16612 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16614 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16615 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16617 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16619 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16620 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16621 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16623 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16624 macro.
16626 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16627 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16629 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16630 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16631 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16633 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16634 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16636 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16638 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16639 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16640 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16641 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16643 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16645 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16646 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16647 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16648 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16650 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16651 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16653 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16655 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16656 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16657 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16659 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16661 ;;;***
16663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21710
16664 ;;;;;; 32133 580296 948000))
16665 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16667 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16668 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16669 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16671 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16674 \(fn)" nil nil)
16676 ;;;***
16678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21710 32133
16679 ;;;;;; 708297 614000))
16680 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16681 (push (purecopy '(landmark 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
16683 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16685 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16686 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16688 \(fn)" t nil)
16690 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16691 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16692 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16693 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16695 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16696 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16697 none / 1 | yes | no
16698 2 | yes | yes
16699 3 | no | yes
16700 4 | no | no
16702 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16703 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16704 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16706 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16708 ;;;***
16710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21710 32133
16711 ;;;;;; 581296 953000))
16712 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16714 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16717 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16719 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16720 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16721 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16722 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16723 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16724 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16726 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16727 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16729 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16731 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16732 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16734 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16736 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16739 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16741 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16746 ;;;***
16748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21710
16749 ;;;;;; 32133 567296 881000))
16750 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16752 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16753 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16754 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16755 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16757 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16759 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16760 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16761 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16763 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16765 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16766 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16767 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16769 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16771 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16772 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16773 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16774 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16776 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16778 ;;;***
16780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16781 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 567296 881000))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16784 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16785 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16786 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16787 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16788 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16789 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16790 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16791 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16793 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16794 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16797 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16799 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16801 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16802 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16803 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16804 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16805 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16806 `latin1-display-setup'.
16808 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16810 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16811 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16812 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16813 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16816 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16818 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16820 ;;;***
16822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21710
16823 ;;;;;; 32133 746297 811000))
16824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16826 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16827 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16829 \(fn)" t nil)
16831 ;;;***
16833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "let-alist.el" (21710 32133 598297
16834 ;;;;;; 42000))
16835 ;;; Generated autoloads from let-alist.el
16836 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16838 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16839 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16840 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16841 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16843 For instance, the following code
16845 (let-alist alist
16846 (if (and .title .body)
16847 .body
16848 .site
16849 .site.contents))
16851 essentially expands to
16853 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16854 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16855 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16856 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16857 (if (and .title .body)
16858 .body
16859 .site
16860 .site.contents))
16862 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16863 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16864 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16865 displayed in the example above.
16867 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16869 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16871 ;;;***
16873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21710 32133 708297 614000))
16874 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16876 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16877 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16878 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16879 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16880 generations (this defaults to 1).
16882 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16884 ;;;***
16886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21710 32133 598297 42000))
16887 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16888 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16890 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16891 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16892 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16893 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16894 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16896 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16900 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16901 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16902 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16903 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16904 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16905 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16907 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16909 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16910 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16911 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16912 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16913 ARG is omitted or nil.
16915 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16916 `linum-on' would do it.
16917 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16919 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16921 ;;;***
16923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21710 32133 598297
16924 ;;;;;; 42000))
16925 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16927 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16928 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16929 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16930 is nil, raise an error.
16932 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16933 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16934 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16935 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16936 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16937 defined by the library.
16939 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16940 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16941 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16942 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16943 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16944 proceeds.
16946 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16947 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16948 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16949 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16951 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16953 ;;;***
16955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21710 32133 599297 47000))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16958 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16959 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16960 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16962 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16964 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16965 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16966 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16967 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16969 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16970 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16971 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16972 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16973 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16974 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16975 the version.)
16977 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16978 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16980 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16981 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16983 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16984 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16986 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16988 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16989 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16990 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16991 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16992 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16993 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16994 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16995 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16996 to constrain a big search.
16998 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17000 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17001 except that FILTER is not optional.
17003 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17005 ;;;***
17007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21710 32133 821298
17008 ;;;;;; 201000))
17009 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17011 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17012 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17013 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17014 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17015 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17016 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17017 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17018 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17019 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17020 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17022 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17023 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17024 associated values:
17025 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17026 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17027 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17028 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17029 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17031 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17032 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17033 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17035 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17037 ;;;***
17039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21710 32133 821298
17040 ;;;;;; 201000))
17041 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17043 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17044 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17046 \(fn)" t nil)
17048 ;;;***
17050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21710 32133 599297 47000))
17051 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17053 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17054 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17056 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17057 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17059 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17060 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17061 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17063 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17064 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17066 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17067 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17068 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17069 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17070 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17071 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17072 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17074 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17076 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17077 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17078 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17079 switch on this list.
17080 See `lpr-command'.")
17082 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17084 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17085 Name of program for printing a file.
17087 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17088 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17089 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17090 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17091 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17092 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17093 argument.")
17095 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17097 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17098 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17099 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17100 for customization of the printer command.
17102 \(fn)" t nil)
17104 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17105 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17107 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17108 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17109 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17110 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17112 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17113 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17115 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17116 for further customization of the printer command.
17118 \(fn)" t nil)
17120 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17121 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17122 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17123 for customization of the printer command.
17125 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17127 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17128 Paginate and print the region contents.
17130 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17131 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17132 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17133 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17135 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17136 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17138 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17139 for further customization of the printer command.
17141 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17143 ;;;***
17145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21710 32133 599297
17146 ;;;;;; 47000))
17147 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17149 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17150 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17151 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17153 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17155 ;;;***
17157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21710 32133 405296
17158 ;;;;;; 38000))
17159 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17161 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17162 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17163 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17164 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17168 ;;;***
17170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21710 32133
17171 ;;;;;; 746297 811000))
17172 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17174 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17175 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17177 \(fn)" t nil)
17179 ;;;***
17181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21710 32133 599297 47000))
17182 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17184 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17185 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17186 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17187 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17188 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17190 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17192 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17193 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17194 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17195 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17196 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17198 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17199 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17200 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17201 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17202 bindings.
17204 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17205 use this command, and then save the file.
17207 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17209 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17210 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17211 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17212 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17213 each time the macro executes.
17214 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17215 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17216 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17217 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17218 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17219 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17220 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17222 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17224 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17225 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17226 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17227 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17229 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17230 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17231 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17232 execute.
17234 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17235 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17237 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17238 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17239 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17240 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17241 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17243 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17244 looked like this:
17246 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17247 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17248 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17250 You could enter the names in this format:
17256 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17258 \\C-x (
17259 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17260 \\C-x )
17262 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17263 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17265 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17266 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17268 ;;;***
17270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21710 32133
17271 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17272 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17274 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17275 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17276 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17277 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17278 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17279 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17281 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17282 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17283 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17284 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17285 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17287 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17288 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17289 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17290 consing a string.)
17292 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17294 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17295 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17297 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17299 ;;;***
17301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21710 32133
17302 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17303 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17305 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17306 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17308 \(fn)" nil nil)
17310 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17313 \(fn)" nil nil)
17315 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17316 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17318 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17320 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17321 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17322 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17323 message.
17325 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17327 \(fn)" nil nil)
17329 ;;;***
17331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21710 32133
17332 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17335 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17336 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17337 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17338 often correct parser.")
17340 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17342 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17343 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17344 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17345 a value which excludes your own email address.
17347 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17348 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17350 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17352 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17353 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17355 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17357 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17358 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17359 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17360 we return it unconverted.
17362 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17363 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17365 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17367 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17368 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17369 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17370 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17372 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17374 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17375 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17376 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17377 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17379 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17381 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17382 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17383 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17384 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17385 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17386 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17387 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17388 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17389 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17390 as Rmail does.
17392 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17394 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17395 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17396 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17397 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17398 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17399 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17400 matches may be returned from the message body.
17402 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17404 ;;;***
17406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21710 32133
17407 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17408 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17410 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17411 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17412 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17413 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17414 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17415 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17417 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17419 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17420 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17421 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17422 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17423 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17425 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17426 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17427 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17428 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17432 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17433 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17435 \(fn)" nil nil)
17437 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17438 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17439 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17441 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17443 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17444 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17445 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17447 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17448 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17449 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17450 double-quotes.
17452 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17454 ;;;***
17456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21710 32133
17457 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17458 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17460 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17461 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17462 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17463 king@grassland.com
17464 If `parens', they look like:
17465 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17466 If `angles', they look like:
17467 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17469 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17471 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17472 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17473 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17474 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17475 their `Resent-' variants.
17477 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17478 removed from alias expansions.
17480 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17482 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17483 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17484 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17486 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17487 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17488 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17489 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17491 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17493 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17494 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17495 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17497 \(fn)" nil nil)
17499 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17500 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17501 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17502 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17504 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17506 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17508 ;;;***
17510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21710 32133
17511 ;;;;;; 602297 62000))
17512 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17514 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17515 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17516 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17517 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17519 \(fn)" nil nil)
17521 ;;;***
17523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21710
17524 ;;;;;; 32133 747297 816000))
17525 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17527 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17528 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17530 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17531 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17532 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17533 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17534 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17535 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17537 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17538 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17539 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17540 dependency, despite the colon.
17542 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17544 In the browser, use the following keys:
17546 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17548 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17550 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17551 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17553 `makefile-target-colon':
17554 The string that gets appended to all target names
17555 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17556 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17558 `makefile-macro-assign':
17559 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17560 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17561 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17562 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17563 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17564 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17566 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17567 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17568 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17570 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17571 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17573 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17574 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17575 up or down in the browser.
17577 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17578 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17580 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17581 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17583 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17584 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17585 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17586 has been selected in the browser.
17588 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17589 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17590 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17591 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17592 filenames are omitted.
17594 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17595 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17596 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17597 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17598 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17599 the backslash itself intact.
17600 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17601 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17603 `makefile-browser-hook':
17604 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17605 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17607 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17608 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17609 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17610 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17612 \(fn)" t nil)
17614 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17615 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17617 \(fn)" t nil)
17619 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17620 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17622 \(fn)" t nil)
17624 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17625 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17627 \(fn)" t nil)
17629 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17630 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17632 \(fn)" t nil)
17634 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17635 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17637 \(fn)" t nil)
17639 ;;;***
17641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21710 32133 609297
17642 ;;;;;; 99000))
17643 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17645 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17646 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17647 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17649 \(fn)" t nil)
17651 ;;;***
17653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21710 32133 609297 99000))
17654 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17656 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17658 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17659 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17660 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17661 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17662 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17663 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17664 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17665 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17666 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17667 without running the man command.
17669 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17670 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17671 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17673 cat(1)
17674 1 cat
17676 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17677 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17678 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17679 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17681 -a chmod
17683 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17684 otherwise look like a page name.
17686 /my/file/name.1.gz
17687 -l somefile.1
17689 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17690 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17691 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17693 -k pattern
17695 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17697 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17698 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17700 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17702 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17703 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17705 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17707 ;;;***
17709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21710 32133 609297 99000))
17710 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17711 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17713 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17714 Toggle Master mode.
17715 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17716 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17717 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17719 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17720 using the following commands:
17722 \\{master-mode-map}
17724 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17725 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17726 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17730 ;;;***
17732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21710 32133 609297
17733 ;;;;;; 99000))
17734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17736 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17737 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17738 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17739 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17740 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17741 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17743 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17745 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17746 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17747 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17748 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17749 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17751 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17752 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17753 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17754 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17758 ;;;***
17760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21710 32133 609297 99000))
17761 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17762 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17764 ;;;***
17766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21710 32133 537296
17767 ;;;;;; 725000))
17768 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17770 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17772 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17773 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17774 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17775 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17776 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17777 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17778 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17779 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17780 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17781 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17782 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17783 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17784 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17785 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17786 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17787 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17788 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17789 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17790 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17791 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17792 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17793 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17794 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17795 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17796 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17797 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17798 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17799 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17800 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17801 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17802 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17803 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17804 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17805 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17806 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17807 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17808 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17809 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17811 \(fn)" t nil)
17813 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17814 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17815 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17816 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17817 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17819 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17821 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17822 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17824 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17826 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17827 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17829 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17831 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17832 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17834 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17836 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17837 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17838 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17840 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17842 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17843 Cancel an article you posted.
17844 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17848 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17849 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17850 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17851 header line with the old Message-ID.
17853 \(fn)" t nil)
17855 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17856 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17858 \(fn)" t nil)
17860 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17861 Forward the current message via mail.
17862 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17863 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17865 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17867 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17870 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17872 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17875 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17877 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17878 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17880 \(fn)" t nil)
17882 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17883 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17885 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17887 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17888 Re-mail the current message.
17889 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17890 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17891 you.
17893 \(fn)" t nil)
17895 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17896 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17898 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17900 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17901 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17903 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17905 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17906 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17908 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17910 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17911 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17913 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17915 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17916 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17917 Works by overstriking characters.
17918 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17919 which specify the range to operate on.
17921 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17923 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17924 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17925 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17926 which specify the range to operate on.
17928 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17930 ;;;***
17932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21710
17933 ;;;;;; 32133 747297 816000))
17934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17935 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17937 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17938 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17940 \(fn)" t nil)
17942 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17943 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17945 \(fn)" t nil)
17947 ;;;***
17949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21710 32133
17950 ;;;;;; 603297 68000))
17951 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17953 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17954 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17955 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17957 \(fn)" t nil)
17959 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17960 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17961 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17962 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17963 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17964 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17965 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17967 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17969 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17970 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17971 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17972 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17973 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17974 means current).
17975 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17976 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17978 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17980 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17981 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17982 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17983 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17984 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17985 means current).
17986 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17987 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17989 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17991 ;;;***
17993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21710 32133 615297
17994 ;;;;;; 130000))
17995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17997 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17998 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17999 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18001 \(fn)" t nil)
18003 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18004 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18005 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18007 \(fn)" t nil)
18009 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18010 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18012 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18013 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18014 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18016 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18017 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18019 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18020 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18022 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18024 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18026 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18027 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18028 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18029 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18030 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18031 as `compose-mail'.
18033 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18034 initial Subject field, respectively.
18036 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18037 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18038 are strings.
18040 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18041 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18043 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18045 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18046 Save draft and send message.
18048 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18049 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18050 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18051 Mail Delivery*\".
18053 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18054 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18055 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18057 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18058 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18059 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18060 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18061 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18062 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18064 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18065 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18067 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18068 message and scan line.
18070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18072 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18073 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18075 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18076 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18077 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18078 delete the draft message.
18080 \(fn)" t nil)
18082 ;;;***
18084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21710 32133 616297 135000))
18085 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18086 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18088 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18090 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18092 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18094 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18095 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18097 \(fn)" t nil)
18099 ;;;***
18101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21710 32133
18102 ;;;;;; 617297 141000))
18103 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18105 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18106 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18107 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18109 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18110 the MH mail system.
18112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18114 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18115 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18116 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18118 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18119 the MH mail system.
18121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18123 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18124 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18126 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18127 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18128 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18129 separate command.
18131 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18132 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18133 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18134 format.
18136 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18138 Ranges
18139 ======
18140 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18141 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18142 can be used in several ways.
18144 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18145 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18146 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18147 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18148 page):
18150 <num1>-<num2>
18151 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18152 The range must be nonempty.
18154 <num>:N
18155 <num>:+N
18156 <num>:-N
18157 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18158 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18159 last.
18161 first:N
18162 prev:N
18163 next:N
18164 last:N
18165 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18168 All of the messages.
18170 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18171 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18173 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18174 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18175 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18177 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18179 \(fn)" t nil)
18181 ;;;***
18183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21710 32133 621297
18184 ;;;;;; 161000))
18185 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18187 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18188 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18189 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18190 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18191 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18192 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18193 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18194 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18195 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18196 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18197 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18199 \(fn)" t nil)
18201 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18202 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18203 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18204 to its second argument TM.
18206 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18208 ;;;***
18210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21710 32133
18211 ;;;;;; 621297 161000))
18212 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18214 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18215 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18216 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18217 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18218 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18219 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18221 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18223 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18224 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18225 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18226 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18227 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18229 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18230 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18231 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18232 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18233 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18234 is modified to remove the default indication.
18236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18238 ;;;***
18240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21710 32133 623297 172000))
18241 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18243 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18244 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18245 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18246 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18247 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18248 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18249 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18250 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18251 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18253 \(fn)" t nil)
18255 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18256 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18257 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18258 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18259 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18260 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18261 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18262 The return value is always nil.
18264 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18266 ;;;***
18268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21710 32133 623297
18269 ;;;;;; 172000))
18270 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18271 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18273 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18274 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18276 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18277 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18278 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18279 next occurrence.
18281 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18282 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18283 end of the search space).
18285 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18286 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18287 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18288 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18289 should return the previous buffer to search.
18291 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18292 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18293 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18295 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18296 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18297 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18298 Isearch starts.")
18300 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18301 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18302 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18304 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil)
18306 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil)
18308 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18309 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18310 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18312 \(fn)" nil nil)
18314 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18315 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18316 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18317 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18318 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18319 whose names match the specified regexp.
18321 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18323 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18324 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18325 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18326 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18327 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18328 whose names match the specified regexp.
18330 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18332 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18333 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18334 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18335 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18336 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18337 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18338 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18340 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18342 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18343 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18344 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18345 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18346 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18347 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18348 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18350 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18352 ;;;***
18354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21710
18355 ;;;;;; 32133 747297 816000))
18356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18357 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18359 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18360 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18362 \(fn)" t nil)
18364 ;;;***
18366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21710 32133
18367 ;;;;;; 538296 730000))
18368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18370 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18371 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18373 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18375 ;;;***
18377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21710 32133
18378 ;;;;;; 538296 730000))
18379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18381 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18382 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18384 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18386 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18387 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18388 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18389 the entire message.
18390 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18392 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18394 ;;;***
18396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21710 32133
18397 ;;;;;; 538296 730000))
18398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18400 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18401 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18402 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18403 the entire message.
18404 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18406 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18408 ;;;***
18410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21710 32133 538296
18411 ;;;;;; 730000))
18412 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18414 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18415 Insert file contents of URL.
18416 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18418 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18420 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18421 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18423 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18425 ;;;***
18427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21710 32133 539296
18428 ;;;;;; 735000))
18429 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18431 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18432 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18433 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18434 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18435 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18437 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18439 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18440 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18441 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18443 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18445 ;;;***
18447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21710 32133 540296 740000))
18448 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18450 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18451 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18453 \(fn)" nil nil)
18455 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18456 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18457 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18458 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18459 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18461 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18462 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18463 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18464 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18465 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18466 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18468 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18470 ;;;***
18472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21710 32133 540296
18473 ;;;;;; 740000))
18474 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18476 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18479 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18481 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18484 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18486 ;;;***
18488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21710 32133 541296
18489 ;;;;;; 745000))
18490 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18492 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18495 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18497 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18500 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18502 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18505 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18507 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18510 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18512 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18515 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18517 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18520 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18522 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18525 \(fn)" nil nil)
18527 ;;;***
18529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21710 32133
18530 ;;;;;; 415296 90000))
18531 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18533 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18535 ;;;***
18537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21710 32133
18538 ;;;;;; 748297 822000))
18539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18541 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18543 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18544 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18545 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18546 followed by the first character of the construct.
18547 \\<m2-mode-map>
18548 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18549 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18550 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18551 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18552 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18553 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18554 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18555 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18556 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18557 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18558 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18559 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18560 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18561 \\[m2-link] link
18563 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18564 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18565 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18567 \(fn)" t nil)
18569 ;;;***
18571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21710 32133 708297
18572 ;;;;;; 614000))
18573 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18575 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18576 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18578 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18580 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18581 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18583 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18585 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18586 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18588 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18590 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18591 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18593 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18595 ;;;***
18597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21710 32133 623297
18598 ;;;;;; 172000))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18601 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18602 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18604 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18605 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18606 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18608 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18609 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18610 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18612 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18613 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18615 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18616 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18617 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18618 hemisphere you're in.)
18620 To test this function, evaluate:
18621 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18623 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18625 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18626 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18628 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18629 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18631 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18632 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18633 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18635 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18636 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18638 To test this function, evaluate:
18639 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18641 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18643 ;;;***
18645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21710 32133 625297 182000))
18646 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18648 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18649 Main entry point for MPC.
18651 \(fn)" t nil)
18653 ;;;***
18655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21710 32133 708297 614000))
18656 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18658 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18659 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18661 \(fn)" t nil)
18663 ;;;***
18665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21710 32133 625297 182000))
18666 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18668 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18669 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18670 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18672 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18673 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18675 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18677 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18678 Toggle Msb mode.
18679 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18680 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18681 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18683 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18684 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18688 ;;;***
18690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21710
18691 ;;;;;; 32133 569296 891000))
18692 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18694 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18695 Display a list of all character sets.
18697 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18698 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18699 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18700 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18701 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18703 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18704 but still shows the full information.
18706 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18708 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18709 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18710 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18712 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18713 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18714 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18715 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18716 meanings of these arguments.
18718 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18720 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18721 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18723 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18725 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18726 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18728 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18730 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18731 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18733 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18735 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18736 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18738 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18739 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18740 in place of `..':
18741 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18742 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18743 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18744 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18745 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18746 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18747 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18748 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18749 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18750 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18751 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18752 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18753 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18754 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18755 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18756 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18758 \(fn)" t nil)
18760 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18761 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18763 \(fn)" t nil)
18765 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18766 Display a list of all coding systems.
18767 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18769 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18770 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18774 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18775 Display a list of all coding categories.
18777 \(fn)" nil nil)
18779 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18780 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18781 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18783 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18785 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18786 Display information about FONTSET.
18787 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18789 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18791 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18792 Display a list of all fontsets.
18793 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18794 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18795 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18797 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18799 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18800 Display information about all input methods.
18802 \(fn)" t nil)
18804 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18805 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18807 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18808 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18809 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18810 system which uses fontsets).
18812 \(fn)" t nil)
18814 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18815 Show log of font listing and opening.
18816 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18817 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18819 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18821 ;;;***
18823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21710
18824 ;;;;;; 32133 569296 891000))
18825 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18827 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18828 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18830 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18831 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18833 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18834 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18836 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18838 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18839 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18840 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18841 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18842 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18843 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18844 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18846 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18847 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18848 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18849 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18850 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18851 middle of a character in STR.
18853 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18854 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18856 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18857 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18858 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18859 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18860 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18862 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18864 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18865 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18867 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18868 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18869 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18871 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18872 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18873 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18875 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18876 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18877 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18878 are considered.
18879 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18880 longer than KEYSEQ.
18881 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18883 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18885 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18886 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18887 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18888 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18889 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18890 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18891 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18892 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18893 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18894 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18895 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18897 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18899 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18900 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18902 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18904 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18905 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18907 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18909 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18910 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18912 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18914 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18915 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18917 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18919 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18920 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18921 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18922 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18923 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18925 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18926 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18928 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18929 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18930 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18931 coding systems ordered by priority.
18933 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18935 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18937 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18938 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18939 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18940 language environment LANG-ENV.
18942 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18944 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18945 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18946 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18947 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18948 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18949 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18951 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18953 ;;;***
18955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21710 32133
18956 ;;;;;; 632297 218000))
18957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18959 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18960 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18962 \(fn)" t nil)
18964 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18965 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18967 \(fn)" t nil)
18969 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18970 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18972 \(fn)" t nil)
18974 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18975 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18977 \(fn)" t nil)
18979 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18980 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18982 \(fn)" t nil)
18984 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18985 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18987 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18989 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18990 Ping HOST.
18991 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18992 `ping-program-options'.
18994 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18996 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18997 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18999 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19001 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19002 Run nslookup program.
19004 \(fn)" t nil)
19006 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19007 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19009 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19011 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19012 Run dig program.
19014 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19016 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19017 Run ftp program.
19019 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19021 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19022 Finger USER on HOST.
19024 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19026 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19027 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19028 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19029 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19031 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19033 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19036 \(fn)" t nil)
19038 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19039 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19041 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19043 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19044 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19046 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19048 ;;;***
19050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21710 32133 632297
19051 ;;;;;; 218000))
19052 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19054 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19055 Return a user name/password pair.
19056 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19057 listed in the PORTS list.
19059 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19061 ;;;***
19063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21710
19064 ;;;;;; 32133 632297 218000))
19065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19067 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19068 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19069 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19070 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19071 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19072 closes it.
19074 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19075 make it unique.
19076 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19077 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19078 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19079 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19080 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19081 a port number to connect to.
19083 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19084 values:
19086 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19087 nil or `network'
19088 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19089 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19090 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19091 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19092 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19093 an unencrypted connection.
19094 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19095 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19096 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19097 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19098 returned object is a killed process.
19099 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19100 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19101 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19103 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19104 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19105 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19106 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19107 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19108 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19109 or nil if none could be found.
19110 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19111 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19113 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19115 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19116 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19117 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19119 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19120 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19121 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19123 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19124 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19125 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19127 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19128 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19129 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19130 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19132 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19133 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19135 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19136 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19137 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19138 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19139 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19140 or STARTTLS connections.
19142 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19143 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19145 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19146 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19148 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19149 a greeting from the server.
19151 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19152 asynchronously, if possible.
19154 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19156 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19158 ;;;***
19160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21710
19161 ;;;;;; 32133 633297 224000))
19162 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19164 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19165 Check whether newsticker is running.
19166 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19167 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19169 \(fn)" nil nil)
19171 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19172 Start the newsticker.
19173 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19174 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19175 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19176 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19178 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19180 ;;;***
19182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19183 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 634297 229000))
19184 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19186 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19187 Start newsticker plainview.
19189 \(fn)" t nil)
19191 ;;;***
19193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21710
19194 ;;;;;; 32133 634297 229000))
19195 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19197 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19198 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19200 \(fn)" t nil)
19202 ;;;***
19204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21710
19205 ;;;;;; 32133 634297 229000))
19206 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19208 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19209 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19210 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19211 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19212 empty.
19214 \(fn)" nil nil)
19216 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19217 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19218 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19219 running already.
19221 \(fn)" t nil)
19223 ;;;***
19225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21710
19226 ;;;;;; 32133 634297 229000))
19227 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19229 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19230 Start newsticker treeview.
19232 \(fn)" t nil)
19234 ;;;***
19236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21710 32133 541296
19237 ;;;;;; 745000))
19238 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19240 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19241 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19243 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19245 ;;;***
19247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21710 32133 542296
19248 ;;;;;; 750000))
19249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19251 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19252 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19253 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19254 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19255 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19256 symbol in the alist.
19258 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19260 ;;;***
19262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21710 32133
19263 ;;;;;; 542296 750000))
19264 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19266 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19267 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19268 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19270 \(fn)" t nil)
19272 ;;;***
19274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21710 32133 546296 771000))
19275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19277 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19278 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19280 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19282 ;;;***
19284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21710 32133 645297 286000))
19285 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19287 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19289 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19290 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19291 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19293 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19296 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19298 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19299 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19300 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19301 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19302 to future sessions.
19304 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19306 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19307 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19308 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19309 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19310 future sessions.
19312 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19314 ;;;***
19316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21710
19317 ;;;;;; 32133 793298 56000))
19318 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19320 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19321 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19322 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19323 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19324 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19325 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19327 \(fn)" t nil)
19329 ;;;***
19331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21710 32133 635297 234000))
19332 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19333 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19335 ;;;***
19337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21710 32133
19338 ;;;;;; 645297 286000))
19339 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19341 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19342 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19343 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19344 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19346 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19348 ;;;***
19350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21710 32133
19351 ;;;;;; 646297 291000))
19352 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19354 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19355 Major mode for editing XML.
19357 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19358 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19359 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19360 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19361 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19362 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19363 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19365 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19367 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19368 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19370 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19371 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19372 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19373 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19374 instead of C-c.
19376 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19377 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19378 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19379 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19380 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19381 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19383 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19384 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19385 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19387 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19388 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19389 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19391 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19392 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19393 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19394 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19395 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19396 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19397 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19398 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19399 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19401 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19403 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19404 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19406 \(fn)" t nil)
19407 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19409 ;;;***
19411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21710 32133
19412 ;;;;;; 647297 296000))
19413 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19415 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19416 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19417 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19418 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19420 \(fn)" t nil)
19422 ;;;***
19424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21710 32133
19425 ;;;;;; 748297 822000))
19426 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19428 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19429 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19431 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19432 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19433 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19434 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19436 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19438 Key bindings:
19439 \\{octave-mode-map}
19441 \(fn)" t nil)
19443 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19444 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19445 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19447 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19449 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19450 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19452 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19453 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19454 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19458 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19460 ;;;***
19462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21710 32133
19463 ;;;;;; 749297 827000))
19464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19466 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19468 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19469 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19470 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19471 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19472 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19474 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19476 Customization:
19478 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19479 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19480 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19481 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19482 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19483 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19484 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19485 Directories to search when finding external units.
19486 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19487 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19489 Coloring:
19491 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19492 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19494 \(fn)" t nil)
19496 ;;;***
19498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21710 32133 694297 541000))
19499 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19501 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19502 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19504 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19506 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19507 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19508 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19509 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19510 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19511 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19513 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19515 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19516 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19517 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19518 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19519 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19521 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19523 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19524 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19526 \(fn)" nil nil)
19528 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19529 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19531 \(fn)" nil nil)
19533 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19534 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19535 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19537 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19538 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19539 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19540 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19541 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19542 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19543 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19544 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19545 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19546 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19548 The following commands are available:
19550 \\{org-mode-map}
19552 \(fn)" t nil)
19554 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19555 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19557 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19558 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19559 in special contexts.
19561 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19562 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19563 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19564 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19565 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19566 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19567 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19568 properties in the buffer.
19569 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19570 including any drawers.
19572 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19574 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19575 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19576 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19577 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19578 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19579 and zoom in further.
19580 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19581 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19583 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19584 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19585 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19586 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19587 times right after creating a new headline.
19589 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19590 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19591 is negative, go up that many levels.
19593 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19594 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19595 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19597 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19598 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19599 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19600 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19604 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19605 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19606 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19607 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19610 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19612 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19613 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19614 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19615 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19616 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19617 defined by Org-mode).
19619 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19621 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19622 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19624 \(fn)" nil nil)
19626 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19627 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19629 \(fn)" nil nil)
19631 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19632 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19633 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19634 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19635 call CMD.
19637 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19639 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19640 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19641 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19642 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19644 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19645 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19646 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19648 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19649 part of Org's core.
19651 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19652 active region.
19654 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19656 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19657 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19658 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19660 \(fn)" t nil)
19662 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19663 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19664 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19665 Org-mode syntax.
19667 \(fn)" t nil)
19669 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19670 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19672 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19674 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19675 Switch between Org buffers.
19676 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19677 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19679 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19680 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19684 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19686 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19688 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19689 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19690 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19691 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19693 \(fn)" t nil)
19695 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19696 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19698 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19700 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19701 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19702 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19704 \(fn)" t nil)
19706 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19707 Reload all org lisp files.
19708 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19710 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19712 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19713 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19715 \(fn)" t nil)
19717 ;;;***
19719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21710 32133
19720 ;;;;;; 676297 447000))
19721 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19723 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19724 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19728 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19729 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19730 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19731 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19733 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19734 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19735 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19736 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19737 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19738 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19739 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19740 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19741 e Export views to associated files.
19742 s Search entries for keywords.
19743 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19744 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19745 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19746 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19747 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19748 > Remove a previous restriction.
19749 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19750 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19751 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19753 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19754 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19755 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19757 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19758 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19759 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19760 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19761 \(if active).
19763 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19765 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19766 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19767 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19768 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19769 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19770 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19771 before running the agenda command.
19773 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19775 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19776 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19777 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19778 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19779 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19780 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19781 before running the agenda command.
19783 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19784 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19786 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19788 category The category of the item
19789 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19790 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19791 todo selected in TODO match
19792 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19793 diary imported from diary
19794 deadline a deadline on given date
19795 scheduled scheduled on given date
19796 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19797 closed entry was closed on given date
19798 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19799 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19800 block entry has date block including g. date
19801 todo The todo keyword, if any
19802 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19803 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19804 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19805 extra Sting with extra planning info
19806 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19807 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19808 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19810 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19812 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19813 Store agenda views.
19815 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19817 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19818 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19820 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19822 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19823 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19824 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19825 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19827 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19828 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19829 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19831 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19832 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19834 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19835 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19837 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19839 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19840 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19842 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19843 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19844 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19845 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19846 EDIT-AT.
19848 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19849 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19850 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19851 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19852 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19853 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19855 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19856 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19857 including newlines.
19859 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19860 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19861 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19862 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19863 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19864 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19865 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19867 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19868 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19869 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19870 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19872 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19873 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19874 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19875 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19876 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19877 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19878 Boolean search must match as full words.
19880 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19881 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19883 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19885 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19886 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19887 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19888 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19889 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19890 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19892 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19894 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19895 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19896 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19898 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19900 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19901 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19902 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19903 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19904 `org-stuck-projects'.
19906 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19908 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19909 Return diary information from org files.
19910 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19911 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19912 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19913 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19914 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19916 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19918 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19920 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19921 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19923 &%%(org-diary)
19925 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19926 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19927 So the example above may also be written as
19929 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19931 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19932 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19933 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19935 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19937 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19938 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19940 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19942 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19943 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19944 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19945 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19946 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19948 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19950 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19951 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19952 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19954 \(fn)" t nil)
19956 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19957 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19958 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19959 appointments.
19961 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19962 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19964 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19965 for filtering entries out.
19967 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19968 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19969 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19971 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19972 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19974 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19975 (category \"Work\"))
19977 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19978 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19980 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19981 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19982 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19983 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19984 details and examples.
19986 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19987 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19989 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19991 ;;;***
19993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21710 32133
19994 ;;;;;; 678297 458000))
19995 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19997 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19998 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20000 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20002 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20003 Capture something.
20004 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20005 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20006 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20007 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20008 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20009 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20011 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20012 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20013 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20014 stored.
20016 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20018 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20019 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20020 will be bypassed.
20022 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20023 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20024 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20025 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20027 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20029 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20030 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20032 \(fn)" t nil)
20034 ;;;***
20036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21710 32133
20037 ;;;;;; 679297 463000))
20038 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20040 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20041 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20043 \(fn)" t nil)
20045 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20048 \(fn)" nil nil)
20050 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20051 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20052 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20054 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20056 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20057 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20059 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20061 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20062 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20064 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20066 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20067 Write the column view table.
20068 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20070 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20071 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20072 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20073 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20074 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20075 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20076 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20077 using `org-id-find'.
20078 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20079 a hline before each level <= that number.
20080 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20081 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20082 :skip-empty-rows
20083 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20084 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20086 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20088 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20089 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20091 \(fn)" t nil)
20093 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20094 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20096 \(fn)" t nil)
20098 ;;;***
20100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21710 32133
20101 ;;;;;; 679297 463000))
20102 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20104 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20105 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20107 \(fn)" nil t)
20109 ;;;***
20111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21710 32133 684297
20112 ;;;;;; 489000))
20113 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20115 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20116 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20118 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20120 ;;;***
20122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21710 32133
20123 ;;;;;; 687297 504000))
20124 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20126 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20127 The release version of org-mode.
20128 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20130 \(fn)" nil nil)
20132 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20133 The Git version of org-mode.
20134 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20136 \(fn)" nil nil)
20138 ;;;***
20140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21710 32133 702297
20141 ;;;;;; 582000))
20142 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20143 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20144 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20146 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20147 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20148 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20149 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20151 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20152 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20153 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20154 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20156 \\{outline-mode-map}
20157 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20158 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20159 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20160 are used when point is on a heading line.
20162 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20163 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20164 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20166 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20167 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20169 \(fn)" t nil)
20171 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20172 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20174 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20175 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20177 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20179 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20180 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20182 ;;;***
20184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21710 32133
20185 ;;;;;; 464296 345000))
20186 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20187 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20189 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20190 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20191 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20192 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20193 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20195 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20196 activate the package system at any time.")
20198 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20200 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20201 Install the package PKG.
20202 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20203 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20205 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20207 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20208 Install a package from the current buffer.
20209 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20210 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20211 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20213 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20214 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20215 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20217 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20219 \(fn)" t nil)
20221 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20222 Install a package from a file.
20223 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20225 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20227 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20228 Import keys from FILE.
20230 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20232 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20233 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20234 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20235 makes them available for download.
20237 \(fn)" t nil)
20239 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20240 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20241 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20242 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20244 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20246 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20247 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20249 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20251 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20252 Display a list of packages.
20253 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20254 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20255 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20257 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20259 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20261 ;;;***
20263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21710 32133 702297 582000))
20264 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20266 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20267 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20268 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20271 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20273 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20275 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20276 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20279 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20281 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20282 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20283 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20287 ;;;***
20289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21710
20290 ;;;;;; 32133 405296 38000))
20291 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20292 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20294 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20295 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20296 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20297 unknown are returned as nil.
20299 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20301 ;;;***
20303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21710 32133
20304 ;;;;;; 749297 827000))
20305 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20307 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20308 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20309 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20311 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20312 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20314 Other useful functions are:
20316 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20317 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20318 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20319 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20320 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20321 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20322 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20323 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20324 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20326 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20328 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20329 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20330 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20331 Indentation for case statements.
20332 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20333 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20334 mark after an end.
20335 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20336 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20337 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20338 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20339 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20340 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20341 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20342 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20343 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20344 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20346 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20347 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20349 \(fn)" t nil)
20351 ;;;***
20353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21710
20354 ;;;;;; 32133 702297 582000))
20355 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20357 (defvar password-cache t "\
20358 Whether to cache passwords.")
20360 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20362 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20363 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20364 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20366 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20368 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20369 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20371 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20373 ;;;***
20375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21710 32133
20376 ;;;;;; 465296 350000))
20377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20379 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20380 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20381 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20383 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20384 _ matches anything.
20385 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20386 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20387 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20388 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20389 'VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20390 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20391 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20392 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20393 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20394 (app FUN UPAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches UPAT.
20395 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20396 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20398 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20399 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20400 [QPAT1 QPAT2..QPATn] matches a vector of length n and QPAT1..QPATn match
20401 its 0..(n-1)th elements, respectively.
20402 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20403 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20404 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20406 FUN can take the form
20407 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20408 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20409 which is the value being matched.
20410 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20411 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20412 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20413 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20414 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20415 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20416 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20418 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20420 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20422 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20423 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20425 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20427 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20429 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20430 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20431 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20432 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20434 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20436 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20438 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20439 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20440 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20441 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20443 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20445 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20447 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20448 Define a pcase UPattern macro.
20450 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20452 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20454 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20456 ;;;***
20458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21710 32133 702297
20459 ;;;;;; 582000))
20460 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20462 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20463 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20465 \(fn)" nil nil)
20467 ;;;***
20469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21710 32133 702297
20470 ;;;;;; 582000))
20471 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20473 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20474 Completion for `gzip'.
20476 \(fn)" nil nil)
20478 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20479 Completion for `bzip2'.
20481 \(fn)" nil nil)
20483 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20484 Completion for GNU `make'.
20486 \(fn)" nil nil)
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20489 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20493 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20495 ;;;***
20497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21710 32133
20498 ;;;;;; 702297 582000))
20499 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20501 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20502 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20504 \(fn)" nil nil)
20506 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20507 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20509 \(fn)" nil nil)
20511 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20512 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20514 \(fn)" nil nil)
20516 ;;;***
20518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21710 32133 702297
20519 ;;;;;; 582000))
20520 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20522 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20523 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20525 \(fn)" nil nil)
20527 ;;;***
20529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21710 32133 703297
20530 ;;;;;; 588000))
20531 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20533 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20534 Completion for `cd'.
20536 \(fn)" nil nil)
20538 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20540 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20541 Completion for `rmdir'.
20543 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20546 Completion for `rm'.
20548 \(fn)" nil nil)
20550 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20551 Completion for `xargs'.
20553 \(fn)" nil nil)
20555 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20557 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20558 Completion for `which'.
20560 \(fn)" nil nil)
20562 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20563 Completion for the `chown' command.
20565 \(fn)" nil nil)
20567 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20568 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20570 \(fn)" nil nil)
20572 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20573 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20575 \(fn)" nil nil)
20577 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20578 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20579 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20581 \(fn)" nil nil)
20583 ;;;***
20585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21710 32133 703297
20586 ;;;;;; 588000))
20587 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20589 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20590 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20592 \(fn)" nil nil)
20594 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20595 Completion for the `ack' command.
20596 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20597 long options.
20599 \(fn)" nil nil)
20601 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20603 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20604 Completion for the `ag' command.
20606 \(fn)" nil nil)
20608 ;;;***
20610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21710 32133 703297
20611 ;;;;;; 588000))
20612 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20614 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20615 Support extensible programmable completion.
20616 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20617 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20619 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20621 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20622 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20624 \(fn)" t nil)
20626 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20627 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20628 This will modify the current buffer.
20630 \(fn)" t nil)
20632 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20633 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20635 \(fn)" t nil)
20637 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20638 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20639 This will modify the current buffer.
20641 \(fn)" t nil)
20643 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20644 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20646 \(fn)" t nil)
20648 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20649 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20651 \(fn)" t nil)
20653 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20654 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20655 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20656 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20657 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20659 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20661 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20662 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20664 \(fn)" nil nil)
20666 ;;;***
20668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21710 32133 822298 206000))
20669 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20671 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20672 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20673 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20674 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20676 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20678 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20680 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20681 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20682 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20683 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20684 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20685 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20686 FLAGS is ignored.
20688 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20690 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20691 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20692 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20693 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20694 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20695 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20696 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20697 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20699 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20701 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20702 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20703 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20704 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20705 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20706 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20707 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20708 passed to cvs.
20710 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20712 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20713 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20714 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20715 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20716 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20717 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20718 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20720 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20722 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20723 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20724 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20726 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20728 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20729 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20730 A value of nil means never do it.
20731 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20732 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20733 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20735 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20737 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20738 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20739 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20741 ;;;***
20743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21710 32133
20744 ;;;;;; 821298 201000))
20745 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20747 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20748 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20750 ;;;***
20752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21710
20753 ;;;;;; 32133 749297 827000))
20754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20755 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20756 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20757 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20758 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20759 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20760 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20762 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20763 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20764 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20765 Tab indents for Perl code.
20766 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20767 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20768 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20769 \\{perl-mode-map}
20770 Variables controlling indentation style:
20771 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20772 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20773 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20774 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20775 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20776 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20777 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20778 `perl-nochange'
20779 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20780 `perl-indent-level'
20781 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20782 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20783 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20784 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20785 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20786 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20787 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20788 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20789 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20790 `perl-brace-offset'
20791 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20792 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20793 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20794 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20795 `perl-label-offset'
20796 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20797 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20798 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20800 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20801 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20802 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20803 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20804 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20805 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20806 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20808 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20810 \(fn)" t nil)
20812 ;;;***
20814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21710 32133
20815 ;;;;;; 794298 61000))
20816 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20818 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20819 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20820 \\<picture-mode-map>
20821 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20822 afterwards settable by these commands:
20824 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20825 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20826 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20827 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20829 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20830 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20831 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20832 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20834 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20835 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20836 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20837 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20839 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20840 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20841 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20842 with these commands:
20844 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20845 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20846 Move to column following last
20847 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20848 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20849 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20850 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20851 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20852 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20854 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20856 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20857 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20858 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20859 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20860 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20861 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20863 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20864 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20865 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20866 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20867 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20868 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20869 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20871 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20872 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20873 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20874 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20875 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20876 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20877 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20878 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20880 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20881 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20882 by supplying an argument.
20884 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20886 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20887 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20889 \(fn)" t nil)
20891 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20893 ;;;***
20895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21710 32133 548296
20896 ;;;;;; 782000))
20897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20899 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20900 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20902 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20904 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20905 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20907 \(fn)" t nil)
20909 ;;;***
20911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21710 32133 794298
20912 ;;;;;; 61000))
20913 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20915 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20916 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20917 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20919 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20921 ;;;***
20923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21710 32133 708297 614000))
20924 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20926 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20927 Play pong and waste time.
20928 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20929 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20931 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20933 \\{pong-mode-map}
20935 \(fn)" t nil)
20937 ;;;***
20939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21710 32133 549296 787000))
20940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20942 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20943 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20944 Use streaming commands.
20946 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20948 ;;;***
20950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21710 32133 465296
20951 ;;;;;; 350000))
20952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20954 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20955 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20956 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20957 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20959 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20961 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20962 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20964 \(fn)" nil nil)
20966 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20967 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20968 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20969 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20970 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20972 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20974 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20975 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20976 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20978 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20980 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20981 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20983 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20985 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20986 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20987 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20988 Ignores leading comment characters.
20990 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20992 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20993 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20994 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20995 Ignores leading comment characters.
20997 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20999 ;;;***
21001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21710 32133 711297
21002 ;;;;;; 629000))
21003 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21004 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21006 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21007 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21009 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21011 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21013 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21015 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21016 Preview directory using ghostview.
21018 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21019 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21020 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21021 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21023 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21024 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21025 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21026 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21027 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21028 file name.
21030 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21032 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21034 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21035 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21037 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21038 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21039 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21040 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21042 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21043 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21044 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21045 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21046 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21047 file name.
21049 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21051 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21053 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21054 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21056 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21057 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21058 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21059 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21061 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21062 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21063 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21064 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21065 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21066 file name.
21068 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21070 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21072 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21073 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21075 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21077 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21078 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21079 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21080 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21082 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21083 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21084 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21085 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21086 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21087 file name.
21089 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21091 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21093 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21094 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21096 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21097 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21098 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21100 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21101 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21102 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21103 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21105 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21107 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21108 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21110 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21111 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21112 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21114 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21115 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21116 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21117 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21119 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21121 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21122 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21124 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21125 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21126 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21128 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21129 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21130 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21131 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21133 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21135 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21136 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21138 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21140 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21141 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21142 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21144 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21145 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21146 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21147 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21149 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21151 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21152 Preview region using ghostview.
21154 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21156 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21158 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21159 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21161 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21163 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21165 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21166 Print region using PostScript printer.
21168 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21170 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21172 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21173 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21175 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21177 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21179 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21180 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21182 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21184 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21186 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21187 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21189 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21191 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21193 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21194 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21196 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21198 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21200 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21201 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21203 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21205 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21207 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21208 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21209 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21210 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21212 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21213 matching.
21215 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21216 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21218 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21220 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21222 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21223 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21224 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21225 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21227 \(fn)" t nil)
21229 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21230 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21231 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21232 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21234 \(fn)" t nil)
21236 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21237 Print directory using text printer.
21239 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21240 matching.
21242 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21243 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21245 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21247 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21249 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21250 Print buffer using text printer.
21252 \(fn)" t nil)
21254 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21255 Print region using text printer.
21257 \(fn)" t nil)
21259 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21260 Print major mode using text printer.
21262 \(fn)" t nil)
21264 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21265 Preview spooled PostScript.
21267 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21268 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21269 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21271 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21272 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21273 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21275 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21277 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21278 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21280 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21281 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21282 instead of sending it to the printer.
21284 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21285 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21286 image in a file with that name.
21288 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21290 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21291 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21293 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21294 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21295 instead of sending it to the printer.
21297 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21298 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21299 image in a file with that name.
21301 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21303 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21304 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21306 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21307 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21308 instead of sending it to the printer.
21310 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21311 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21312 image in a file with that name.
21314 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21316 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21317 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21319 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21321 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21322 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21324 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21326 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21327 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21329 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21331 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21332 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21334 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21336 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21337 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21339 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21341 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21342 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21344 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21345 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21346 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21347 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21349 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21350 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21351 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21352 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21353 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21354 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21355 file name.
21357 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21359 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21360 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21362 \(fn)" t nil)
21364 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21365 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21367 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21368 right.
21369 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21370 bottom.
21372 \(fn)" t nil)
21374 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21375 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21377 \(fn)" t nil)
21379 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21380 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21382 \(fn)" t nil)
21384 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21385 Toggle printing with faces.
21387 \(fn)" t nil)
21389 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21390 Toggle spooling.
21392 \(fn)" t nil)
21394 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21395 Toggle duplex.
21397 \(fn)" t nil)
21399 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21400 Toggle tumble.
21402 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21403 right.
21404 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21405 bottom.
21407 \(fn)" t nil)
21409 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21410 Toggle landscape.
21412 \(fn)" t nil)
21414 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21415 Toggle upside-down.
21417 \(fn)" t nil)
21419 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21420 Toggle line number.
21422 \(fn)" t nil)
21424 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21425 Toggle zebra stripes.
21427 \(fn)" t nil)
21429 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21430 Toggle printing header.
21432 \(fn)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21435 Toggle printing header frame.
21437 \(fn)" t nil)
21439 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21440 Toggle menu lock.
21442 \(fn)" t nil)
21444 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21445 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21447 \(fn)" t nil)
21449 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21450 Toggle auto mode.
21452 \(fn)" t nil)
21454 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21455 Customization of the `printing' group.
21457 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21459 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21460 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21462 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21464 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21465 Help for the printing package.
21467 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21469 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21470 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21472 \(fn)" t nil)
21474 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21475 Interactively select a text printer.
21477 \(fn)" t nil)
21479 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21480 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21482 \(fn)" t nil)
21484 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21485 Show current ps-print settings.
21487 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21489 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21490 Show current printing settings.
21492 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21494 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21495 Show current lpr settings.
21497 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21499 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21500 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21502 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21503 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21504 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21505 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21508 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21510 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21511 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21512 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21514 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21515 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21516 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21517 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21518 current active printer.
21520 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21521 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21522 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21523 printer.
21525 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21526 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21527 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21528 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21529 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21532 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21533 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21535 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21537 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21538 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21539 be done using the new current active printer.
21541 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21542 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21543 printer.
21545 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21546 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21547 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21548 instead of sending it to the printer.
21550 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21551 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21552 printer.
21554 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21557 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21558 are both set to t.
21560 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21562 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21563 Fast fire function for text printing.
21565 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21566 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21567 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21568 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21570 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21571 user for a new active text printer.
21573 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21575 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21577 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21578 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21579 printer.
21581 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21583 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21584 are both set to t.
21586 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21588 ;;;***
21590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21710 32133 711297 629000))
21591 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21593 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21594 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21595 \\<proced-mode-map>
21596 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21597 the process information.
21599 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21601 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21602 Proced buffers.
21604 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21606 ;;;***
21608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21710 32133 712297
21609 ;;;;;; 634000))
21610 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21612 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21613 Start/restart profilers.
21614 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21615 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21616 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21618 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21620 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21621 Open profile FILENAME.
21623 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21625 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21626 Open profile FILENAME.
21628 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21630 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21631 Open profile FILENAME.
21633 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21635 ;;;***
21637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21710 32133
21638 ;;;;;; 751297 837000))
21639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21641 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21642 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21644 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21645 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21647 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21649 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21650 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21652 Commands:
21653 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21655 \(fn)" t nil)
21657 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21658 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21659 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21661 \(fn)" t nil)
21663 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21664 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21665 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21667 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21669 ;;;***
21671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21710 32133 766297 915000))
21672 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21674 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21675 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21676 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21678 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21680 ;;;***
21682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21710 32133
21683 ;;;;;; 751297 837000))
21684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21685 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21687 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21688 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21690 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21692 The following variables hold user options, and can
21693 be set through the `customize' command:
21695 `ps-mode-tab'
21696 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21697 `ps-mode-print-function'
21698 `ps-run-prompt'
21699 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21700 `ps-run-x'
21701 `ps-run-dumb'
21702 `ps-run-init'
21703 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21704 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21706 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21709 \\{ps-mode-map}
21712 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21713 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21714 The keymap for this second window is:
21716 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21719 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21720 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21721 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21722 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21723 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21725 \(fn)" t nil)
21727 ;;;***
21729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21710 32133 768297
21730 ;;;;;; 925000))
21731 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21732 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21734 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21735 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21736 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21738 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21740 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21741 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21742 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21743 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21745 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21747 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21748 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21750 Valid values are:
21752 nil Do not print colors.
21754 t Print colors.
21756 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21757 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21759 Any other value is treated as t.")
21761 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21763 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21764 Customization of ps-print group.
21766 \(fn)" t nil)
21768 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21769 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21771 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21772 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21773 sending it to the printer.
21775 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21776 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21777 image in a file with that name.
21779 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21781 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21782 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21783 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21784 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21785 so it has a way to determine color values.
21787 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21789 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21790 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21791 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21793 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21795 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21796 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21797 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21798 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21799 so it has a way to determine color values.
21801 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21803 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21804 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21805 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21806 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21808 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21810 \(fn)" t nil)
21812 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21813 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21814 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21815 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21816 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21818 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21820 \(fn)" t nil)
21822 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21823 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21824 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21826 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21828 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21830 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21831 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21832 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21833 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21834 so it has a way to determine color values.
21836 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21838 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21840 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21841 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21843 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21844 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21845 instead of sending it to the printer.
21847 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21848 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21849 image in a file with that name.
21851 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21853 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21854 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21855 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21856 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21857 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21859 \(fn)" t nil)
21861 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21862 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21863 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21865 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21867 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21868 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21869 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21871 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21873 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21874 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21876 \(fn)" nil nil)
21878 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21879 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21881 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21882 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21884 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21885 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21887 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21889 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21891 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21893 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21894 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21896 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21897 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21899 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21900 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21902 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21904 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21906 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21908 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21909 foreground and background colors respectively.
21911 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21912 bold - use bold font.
21913 italic - use italic font.
21914 underline - put a line under text.
21915 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21916 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21917 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21918 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21919 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21921 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21923 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21925 ;;;***
21927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21710 32133 415296
21928 ;;;;;; 90000))
21929 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21930 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21932 ;;;***
21934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21710 32133
21935 ;;;;;; 752297 842000))
21936 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21937 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 4)) package--builtin-versions)
21939 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21941 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21943 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21944 Run an inferior Python process.
21946 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
21947 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
21948 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
21949 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
21950 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21952 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
21953 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
21954 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
21955 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
21957 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21958 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21959 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21961 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21963 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21964 Major mode for editing Python files.
21966 \\{python-mode-map}
21968 \(fn)" t nil)
21970 ;;;***
21972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21710 32133 549296 787000))
21973 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21975 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21976 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21977 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21978 coding-system.
21980 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21981 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21983 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21984 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21985 them into characters should be done separately.
21987 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21989 ;;;***
21991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21710 32133
21992 ;;;;;; 571296 901000))
21993 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21995 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21996 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21998 \(fn)" nil nil)
22000 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22001 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22002 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22004 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22005 `quail-activate', which see.
22007 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22009 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22010 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22011 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22012 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22013 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22014 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22015 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22017 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22018 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22019 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22020 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22021 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22022 shown.
22023 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22025 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22026 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22027 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22028 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22029 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22030 list of candidates.
22032 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22033 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22034 command to be called.
22036 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22037 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22038 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22039 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22041 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22042 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22043 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22044 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22045 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22046 to t.
22048 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22049 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22050 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22051 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22053 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22054 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22055 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22056 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22057 defines no translations for single character keys.
22059 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22060 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22061 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22062 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22063 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22064 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22066 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22067 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22068 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22069 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22070 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22071 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22073 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22074 covers Quail translation region.
22076 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22077 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22078 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22079 for it) is inserted.
22081 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22082 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22083 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22085 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22086 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22087 non-Quail commands.
22089 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22091 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22092 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22094 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22095 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22096 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22097 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22098 you type is correctly handled.
22100 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22102 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22103 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22105 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22106 keyboard type.
22108 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22110 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22111 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22112 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22113 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22114 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22115 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22116 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22117 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22118 for the translation.
22119 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22121 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22122 it is used to handle KEY.
22124 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22125 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22126 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22127 the following annotation types are supported.
22129 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22130 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22132 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22133 candidate list.
22135 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22136 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22137 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22138 inserted.
22140 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22141 generated for the following translations.
22143 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22145 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22146 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22148 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22149 which to install MAP.
22151 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22153 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22155 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22156 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22158 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22159 which to install MAP.
22161 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22163 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22165 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22166 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22167 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22168 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22169 a function, or a cons.
22170 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22171 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22172 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22173 for the translation.
22174 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22175 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22176 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22177 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22178 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22180 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22181 it is used to handle KEY.
22183 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22184 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22185 current Quail package.
22187 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22188 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22190 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22192 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22193 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22195 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22196 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22198 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22200 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22201 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22203 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22205 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22206 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22207 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22208 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22209 of the Emacs source tree.
22211 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22212 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22214 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22215 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22216 of each directory.
22218 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22220 ;;;***
22222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21710
22223 ;;;;;; 32133 593297 16000))
22224 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22226 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22227 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22228 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22229 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22231 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22233 ;;;***
22235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22236 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 597297 37000))
22237 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22239 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22240 Activate UCS input method.
22241 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22243 While this input method is active, the variable
22244 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22246 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22248 ;;;***
22250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21710 32133 635297
22251 ;;;;;; 234000))
22252 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22254 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22255 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22256 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22257 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22259 To make use of this do something like:
22261 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22263 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22265 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22266 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22268 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22269 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22270 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22272 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22274 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22275 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22277 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22279 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22280 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22282 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22283 is decided.
22285 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22287 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22288 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22290 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22291 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22292 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22294 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22296 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22297 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22299 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22301 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22302 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22304 \(fn)" t nil)
22306 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22307 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22309 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22311 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22313 \(fn)" t nil)
22315 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22316 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22318 \(fn)" t nil)
22320 ;;;***
22322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21710 32133 636297
22323 ;;;;;; 239000))
22324 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22326 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22327 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22329 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22331 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22333 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22335 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22337 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22340 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22342 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22343 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22344 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22345 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22346 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22347 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22349 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22351 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22352 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22353 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22354 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22355 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22357 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22359 ;;;***
22361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21710
22362 ;;;;;; 32133 465296 350000))
22363 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22365 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22367 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22368 Construct a regexp interactively.
22369 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22370 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22371 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22373 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22374 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22376 \(fn)" t nil)
22378 ;;;***
22380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21710 32133 769297
22381 ;;;;;; 931000))
22382 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22384 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22385 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22386 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22387 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22388 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22389 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22391 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22393 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22394 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22395 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22396 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22397 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22399 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22400 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22401 were operated on recently.
22403 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22405 ;;;***
22407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21710 32133 769297 931000))
22408 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22410 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22411 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22412 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22413 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22414 ends.
22416 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22417 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22418 to be deleted.
22420 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22422 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22423 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22424 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22426 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22427 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22428 deleted.
22430 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22432 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22433 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22434 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22436 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22438 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22439 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22441 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22442 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22444 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22445 deleted.
22447 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22448 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22449 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22450 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22451 even beep.)
22453 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22455 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22456 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22458 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22460 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22461 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22463 \(fn)" t nil)
22465 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22466 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22467 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22468 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22469 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22470 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22471 and point is at the lower right corner.
22473 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22475 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22476 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22478 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22479 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22481 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22482 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22483 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22485 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22487 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22489 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22490 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22491 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22492 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22493 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22495 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22496 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22498 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22500 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22501 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22502 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22504 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22506 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22508 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22510 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22511 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22513 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22514 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22515 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22517 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22519 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22520 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22521 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22523 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22524 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22525 rectangle which were empty.
22527 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22529 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22530 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22532 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22533 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22534 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22535 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22537 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22539 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22540 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22541 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22545 ;;;***
22547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21710 32133
22548 ;;;;;; 795298 66000))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22551 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22552 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22554 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22555 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22557 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22558 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22559 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22560 auto-filling.
22562 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22566 ;;;***
22568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21710 32133
22569 ;;;;;; 799298 87000))
22570 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22571 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22572 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22573 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22574 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22576 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22577 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22579 \(fn)" nil nil)
22581 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22582 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22584 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22585 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22587 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22588 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22589 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22590 \\ref macro.
22592 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22593 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22594 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22596 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22597 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22598 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22600 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22601 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22603 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22604 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22606 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22607 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22608 on the menu bar.
22610 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22614 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22615 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22616 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22618 \(fn)" nil nil)
22620 ;;;***
22622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21710
22623 ;;;;;; 32133 798298 81000))
22624 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22625 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22626 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22627 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22628 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22630 ;;;***
22632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21710
22633 ;;;;;; 32133 465296 350000))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22636 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22637 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22638 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22639 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22640 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22641 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22643 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22644 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22646 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22647 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22648 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22649 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22651 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22653 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22654 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22655 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22656 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22658 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22660 ;;;***
22662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21710 32133 465296
22663 ;;;;;; 350000))
22664 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22665 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22667 ;;;***
22669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21710 32133
22670 ;;;;;; 799298 87000))
22671 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22672 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22674 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22675 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22676 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22677 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22679 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22681 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22683 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22684 Call `remember' in another frame.
22686 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22688 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22689 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22690 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22692 \(fn)" t nil)
22694 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22695 Extract diary entries from the region.
22697 \(fn)" nil nil)
22699 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22700 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22701 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22702 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22704 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22706 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22707 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22708 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22709 minor mode.
22711 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22713 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22714 Return the buffer.
22716 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22717 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22718 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22720 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22722 ;;;***
22724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21710 32133 769297 931000))
22725 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22726 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22728 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22729 Repeat most recently executed command.
22730 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22731 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22732 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22734 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22735 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22736 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22737 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22739 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22740 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22741 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22743 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22745 ;;;***
22747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21710 32133
22748 ;;;;;; 603297 68000))
22749 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22751 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22752 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22754 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22755 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22756 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22757 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22758 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22759 and point is left after the salutation.
22761 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22762 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22763 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22764 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22765 left after that text.
22767 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22768 is non-nil.
22770 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22771 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22772 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22773 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22775 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22777 ;;;***
22779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21710 32133 770297
22780 ;;;;;; 936000))
22781 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22783 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22784 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22785 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22786 visibility of comments that precede it.
22787 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22788 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22789 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22790 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22791 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22792 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22793 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22794 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22795 the comment lines.
22796 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22797 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22798 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22799 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22800 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22804 ;;;***
22806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21710 32133 770297 936000))
22807 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22809 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22810 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22812 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22813 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22815 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22816 reveals invisible text around point.
22818 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22820 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22821 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22822 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22825 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22827 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22829 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22830 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22831 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22834 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22835 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22839 ;;;***
22841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21710 32133 465296
22842 ;;;;;; 350000))
22843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22845 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22846 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22848 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22850 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22851 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22853 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22855 ;;;***
22857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21710 32133 636297
22858 ;;;;;; 239000))
22859 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22861 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22862 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22863 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22864 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22866 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22868 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22869 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22870 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22871 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22873 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22874 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22876 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22877 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22879 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22880 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22881 INPUT-ARGS.
22883 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22884 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22885 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22886 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22887 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22889 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22890 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22891 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22892 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22894 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22895 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22896 variable.
22898 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22900 ;;;***
22902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21710 32133 605297
22903 ;;;;;; 78000))
22904 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22906 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22907 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22909 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22911 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22913 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22914 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22915 Its name should end with a slash.")
22917 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22918 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22920 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22921 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22922 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22924 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22926 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22927 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22928 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22929 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22930 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22931 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22932 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22934 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22935 sent by you under different user names.
22936 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22938 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22940 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22942 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22944 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22945 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22946 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22947 explicitly.")
22949 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22951 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22952 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22953 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22954 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22955 which normally happens once for each message,
22956 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22957 To make a change in this variable take effect
22958 for a message that you have already viewed,
22959 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22961 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22963 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22964 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22965 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22966 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22968 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22970 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22971 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22973 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22975 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22976 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22977 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22979 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22981 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22982 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22983 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22984 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22985 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22986 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22988 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22990 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22991 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22993 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22995 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22996 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22998 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23000 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23001 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23003 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23004 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23006 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23008 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23009 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23011 This is set to nil by default.")
23013 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23014 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23015 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23016 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23017 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23018 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23019 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23021 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23022 Read and edit incoming mail.
23023 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23024 file in RMAIL Mode.
23025 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23027 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23028 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23029 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23030 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23032 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23034 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23036 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23037 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23038 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23039 Instead, these commands are available:
23041 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23042 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23043 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23044 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23045 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23046 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23047 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23048 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23049 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23050 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23051 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23052 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23053 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23054 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23055 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23056 till a deleted message is found.
23057 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23058 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23059 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23060 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23061 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23062 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23063 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23064 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23065 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23066 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23067 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23068 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23069 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23070 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23071 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23072 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23073 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23074 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23075 (label defaults to last one specified).
23076 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23077 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23078 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23079 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23080 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23081 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23082 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23083 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23084 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23086 \(fn)" t nil)
23088 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23089 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23091 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23093 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23094 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23096 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23098 ;;;***
23100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21710 32133
23101 ;;;;;; 606297 83000))
23102 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23103 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23105 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23106 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23107 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23108 case it writes Babyl.
23110 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23111 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23112 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23113 `rmail-default-file'.
23115 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23116 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23117 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23119 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23120 the header display is currently pruned.
23122 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23123 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23124 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23125 messages after output.
23127 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23128 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23129 message (if writing a file directly).
23131 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23132 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23134 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23136 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23137 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23138 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23139 i) the header is output as currently seen
23140 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23141 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23143 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23144 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23145 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23147 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23149 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23150 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23151 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23152 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23153 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23154 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23155 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23157 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23158 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23159 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23161 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23163 ;;;***
23165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21710 32133
23166 ;;;;;; 647297 296000))
23167 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23169 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23170 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23171 Return a pattern.
23173 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23175 ;;;***
23177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21710 32133
23178 ;;;;;; 648297 302000))
23179 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23181 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23182 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23183 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23184 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23186 \(fn)" t nil)
23188 ;;;***
23190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21710 32133
23191 ;;;;;; 649297 307000))
23192 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23194 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23195 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23197 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23198 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23199 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23200 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23201 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23202 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23203 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23204 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23205 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23206 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23208 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23209 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23210 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23211 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23212 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23213 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23214 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23215 to use for finding the schema.
23217 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23219 ;;;***
23221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21710 32133 649297
23222 ;;;;;; 307000))
23223 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23225 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23227 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23228 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23229 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23230 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23231 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23232 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23233 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23234 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23235 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23236 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23237 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23238 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23239 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23240 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23241 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23242 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23243 must be equal.
23245 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23247 ;;;***
23249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21710 32133
23250 ;;;;;; 571296 901000))
23251 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23253 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23254 Define a robin package.
23256 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23257 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23258 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23259 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23261 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23262 one replaces the old one.
23264 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23266 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23267 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23269 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23270 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23271 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23273 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23275 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23276 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23278 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23280 ;;;***
23282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21710 32133 770297 936000))
23283 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23285 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23286 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23288 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23290 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23291 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23293 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23295 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23296 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23298 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23300 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23301 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23302 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23304 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23305 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23306 in ROT13.
23308 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23310 \(fn)" t nil)
23312 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23313 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23315 \(fn)" t nil)
23317 ;;;***
23319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21710 32133 800298
23320 ;;;;;; 92000))
23321 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23324 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23325 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23326 \\<rst-mode-map>
23328 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23329 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23330 highlighting.
23332 \\{rst-mode-map}
23334 \(fn)" t nil)
23336 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23337 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23338 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23339 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23340 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23342 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23343 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23344 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23346 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23348 ;;;***
23350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21710
23351 ;;;;;; 32133 753297 848000))
23352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23353 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23355 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23356 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23358 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23360 \(fn)" t nil)
23362 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23364 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23366 ;;;***
23368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21710 32133 771297
23369 ;;;;;; 941000))
23370 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23371 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23373 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23374 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23375 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23377 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23378 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23379 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23380 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23381 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23385 ;;;***
23387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21710 32133 466296
23388 ;;;;;; 355000))
23389 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23391 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23392 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23393 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23394 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23396 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23398 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23399 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23400 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23402 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23403 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23404 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23406 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23407 notation.
23409 STRING
23410 matches string STRING literally.
23412 CHAR
23413 matches character CHAR literally.
23415 `not-newline', `nonl'
23416 matches any character except a newline.
23418 `anything'
23419 matches any character
23421 `(any SET ...)'
23422 `(in SET ...)'
23423 `(char SET ...)'
23424 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23425 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23426 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23428 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23429 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23430 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23431 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23433 `(not (any SET ...))'
23434 matches any character not in SET ...
23436 `line-start', `bol'
23437 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23438 in the text being matched
23440 `line-end', `eol'
23441 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23443 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23444 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23445 string being matched against.
23447 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23448 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23449 string being matched against.
23451 `buffer-start'
23452 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23453 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23455 `buffer-end'
23456 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23457 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23459 `point'
23460 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23462 `word-start', `bow'
23463 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23465 `word-end', `eow'
23466 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23468 `word-boundary'
23469 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23470 word.
23472 `(not word-boundary)'
23473 `not-word-boundary'
23474 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23475 word.
23477 `symbol-start'
23478 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23480 `symbol-end'
23481 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23483 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23484 matches 0 through 9.
23486 `control', `cntrl'
23487 matches ASCII control characters.
23489 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23490 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23492 `blank'
23493 matches space and tab only.
23495 `graphic', `graph'
23496 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23497 space, and DEL.
23499 `printing', `print'
23500 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23501 and DEL.
23503 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23504 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23505 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23507 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23508 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23509 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23511 `ascii'
23512 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23514 `nonascii'
23515 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23517 `lower', `lower-case'
23518 matches anything lower-case.
23520 `upper', `upper-case'
23521 matches anything upper-case.
23523 `punctuation', `punct'
23524 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23525 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23527 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23528 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23530 `word', `wordchar'
23531 matches anything that has word syntax.
23533 `not-wordchar'
23534 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23536 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23537 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23538 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23539 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23541 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23542 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23543 `word' (\\sw)
23544 `symbol' (\\s_)
23545 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23546 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23547 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23548 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23549 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23550 `escape' (\\s\\)
23551 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23552 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23553 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23554 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23555 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23557 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23558 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23560 `(category CATEGORY)'
23561 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23562 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23564 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23565 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23566 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23567 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23568 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23569 `symbol' (\\c5)
23570 `digit' (\\c6)
23571 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23572 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23573 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23574 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23575 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23576 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23577 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23578 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23579 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23580 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23581 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23582 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23583 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23584 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23585 `ascii' (\\ca)
23586 `arabic' (\\cb)
23587 `chinese' (\\cc)
23588 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23589 `greek' (\\cg)
23590 `korean' (\\ch)
23591 `indian' (\\ci)
23592 `japanese' (\\cj)
23593 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23594 `latin' (\\cl)
23595 `lao' (\\co)
23596 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23597 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23598 `thai' (\\ct)
23599 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23600 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23601 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23602 `can-break' (\\c|)
23604 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23605 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23607 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23608 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23609 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23610 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23611 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23613 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23614 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23615 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23616 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23618 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23619 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23620 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23621 group number N.
23623 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23624 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23625 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23626 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23627 regular expression.
23629 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23630 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23631 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23632 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23633 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23635 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23636 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23638 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23639 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23641 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23642 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23643 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23645 `(* SEXP ...)'
23646 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23647 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23649 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23650 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23651 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23653 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23654 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23655 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23657 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23658 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23660 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23661 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23663 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23664 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23665 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23666 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23668 `(? SEXP ...)'
23669 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23671 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23672 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23674 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23675 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23676 matches N occurrences.
23678 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23679 matches N or more occurrences.
23681 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23682 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23683 matches N to M occurrences.
23685 `(backref N)'
23686 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23688 `(eval FORM)'
23689 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23690 `regexp-quote' it.
23692 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23693 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23695 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23697 ;;;***
23699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21710 32133
23700 ;;;;;; 636297 239000))
23701 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23702 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23704 ;;;***
23706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21710 32133 771297
23707 ;;;;;; 941000))
23708 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23709 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23711 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23712 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23713 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23714 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23715 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23716 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23718 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23720 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23721 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23722 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23723 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23724 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23726 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23727 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23728 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23729 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23731 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23732 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23733 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23737 ;;;***
23739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21710 32133
23740 ;;;;;; 753297 848000))
23741 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23743 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23744 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23745 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23747 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23748 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23749 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23750 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23751 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23752 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23753 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23754 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23756 Commands:
23757 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23758 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23759 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23761 \(fn)" t nil)
23763 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23764 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23765 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23767 Commands:
23768 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23769 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23770 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23771 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23772 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23773 that variable's value is a string.
23775 \(fn)" t nil)
23777 ;;;***
23779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21710 32133
23780 ;;;;;; 550296 792000))
23781 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23783 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23784 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23785 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23787 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23789 \(fn)" t nil)
23791 ;;;***
23793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21710 32133 771297
23794 ;;;;;; 941000))
23795 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23797 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23798 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23799 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23800 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23801 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23802 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23804 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23806 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23807 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23808 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23809 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23810 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23812 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23813 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23817 ;;;***
23819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21710 32133
23820 ;;;;;; 771297 941000))
23821 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23823 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23824 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23825 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23826 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23827 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23828 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23829 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23830 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23834 ;;;***
23836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21710 32133 637297
23837 ;;;;;; 244000))
23838 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23839 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23840 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23842 ;;;***
23844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21710 32133
23845 ;;;;;; 415296 90000))
23846 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23847 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23849 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23850 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23851 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23853 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23854 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23855 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23856 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23857 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23858 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23859 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23860 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23861 keybinding for tag names.
23862 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23863 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23864 of the symbol under point.
23865 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23866 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23867 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23868 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23869 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23870 syntax tokens.
23871 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23873 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23875 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23876 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23877 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23878 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23879 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23880 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23882 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23884 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23885 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23888 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23890 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23891 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23892 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23893 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23894 Semantic mode.
23896 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23900 ;;;***
23902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23903 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 418296 106000))
23904 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23906 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23907 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23909 \(fn)" t nil)
23911 ;;;***
23913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23914 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 430296 168000))
23915 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23917 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23918 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23920 \(fn)" t nil)
23922 ;;;***
23924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21710 32133
23925 ;;;;;; 607297 89000))
23926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23928 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23929 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23931 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23932 king@grassland.com
23933 If `parens', they look like:
23934 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23935 If `angles', they look like:
23936 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23938 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23939 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23941 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23943 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23944 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23945 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23946 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23948 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23949 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23950 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23951 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23953 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23955 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23956 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23957 This is done when the message is initialized,
23958 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23960 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23962 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23963 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23964 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23966 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23968 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23969 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23970 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23971 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23972 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23973 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23974 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23976 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23978 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23979 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23981 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23983 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23984 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23985 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23986 be a Babyl file.")
23988 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23990 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23991 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23992 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23993 when you first send mail.")
23995 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23997 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23998 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23999 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24000 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24001 This file need not actually exist.")
24003 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24005 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24006 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24008 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24010 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24011 Alist of mail address aliases,
24012 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24013 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24014 can specify a different file name.)
24015 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24016 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24018 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24019 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24020 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24022 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24024 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24025 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24026 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24028 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24030 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24031 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24032 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24033 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24034 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24035 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24036 in the cited portion of the message.
24038 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24039 instead of no action.")
24041 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24043 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24044 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24045 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24046 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24047 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24049 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24051 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24052 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24053 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24054 If a string, that string is inserted.
24055 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24056 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24057 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24058 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24060 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24062 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24063 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24065 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24067 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24068 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24069 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24071 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24072 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24074 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24076 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24077 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24078 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24079 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24081 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24083 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24084 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24085 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24087 \(fn)" nil nil)
24089 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24091 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24094 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24096 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24097 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24098 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24100 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24101 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24103 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24104 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24105 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24106 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24107 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24108 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24109 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24110 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24111 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24112 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24113 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24114 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24115 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24116 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24118 \(fn)" t nil)
24120 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24121 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24122 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24123 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24125 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24127 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24128 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24129 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24130 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24131 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24132 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24134 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24135 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24136 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24138 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24139 User should not set this variable manually,
24140 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24141 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24142 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24144 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24145 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24146 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24147 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24149 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24150 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24152 \\<mail-mode-map>
24153 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24155 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24156 to move to message header fields:
24157 \\{mail-mode-map}
24159 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24160 when the message is initialized.
24162 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24163 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24165 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24166 is inserted.
24168 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24169 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24171 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24172 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24173 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24174 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24175 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24176 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24177 buffer without erasing the contents.
24179 The second through fifth arguments,
24180 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24181 the initial contents of those header fields.
24182 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24183 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24184 original message being replied to, or else an action
24185 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24186 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24187 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24188 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24189 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24190 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24192 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24194 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24195 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24197 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24199 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24200 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24202 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24204 ;;;***
24206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21710 32133 466296
24207 ;;;;;; 355000))
24208 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24209 (push (purecopy '(seq 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24211 ;;;***
24213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21710 32133 772297 946000))
24214 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24216 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24218 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24220 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24222 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24223 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24224 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24225 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24226 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24227 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24229 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24230 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24232 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24233 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24234 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24236 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24237 \\[server-start].
24239 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24241 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24242 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24243 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24244 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24246 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24248 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24249 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24250 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24251 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24252 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24253 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24255 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24257 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24258 Toggle Server mode.
24259 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24260 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24261 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24263 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24264 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24265 `server-start' for details.
24267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24269 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24270 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24271 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24273 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24274 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24276 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24278 ;;;***
24280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21710 32133 773297 952000))
24281 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24283 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24284 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24286 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24287 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24288 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24289 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24290 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24292 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24293 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24294 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24295 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24296 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24297 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24299 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24300 displayed.
24302 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24303 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24304 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24306 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24307 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24309 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24310 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24312 \\{ses-mode-map}
24313 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24314 part):
24315 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24316 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24317 formula:
24318 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24320 \(fn)" t nil)
24322 ;;;***
24324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21710
24325 ;;;;;; 32133 801298 97000))
24326 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24328 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24329 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24330 Makes > match <.
24331 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24332 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24334 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24335 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24336 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24338 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24339 in your init file.
24341 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24343 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24344 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24345 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24347 \(fn)" t nil)
24349 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24350 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24351 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24352 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24353 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24354 which this is based.
24356 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24358 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24359 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24360 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24361 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24363 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24364 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24365 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24367 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24368 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24369 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24370 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24372 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24373 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24374 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24375 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24377 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24379 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24380 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24381 To work around that, do:
24382 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24384 \\{html-mode-map}
24386 \(fn)" t nil)
24388 ;;;***
24390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21710
24391 ;;;;;; 32133 754297 853000))
24392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24393 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24394 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24396 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24397 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24398 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24399 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24400 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24401 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24403 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24404 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24405 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24406 shell-specific features.
24408 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24409 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24410 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24411 \\<sh-mode-map>
24412 \\[sh-case] case statement
24413 \\[sh-for] for loop
24414 \\[sh-function] function definition
24415 \\[sh-if] if statement
24416 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24417 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24418 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24419 \\[sh-select] select loop
24420 \\[sh-until] until loop
24421 \\[sh-while] while loop
24423 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24424 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24425 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24426 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24427 would indent to the way it currently is.
24428 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24429 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24432 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24433 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24434 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24435 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24436 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24438 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24439 unquoted < insert a here document.
24441 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24442 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24443 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24445 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24446 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24448 \(fn)" t nil)
24450 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24452 ;;;***
24454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21710 32133
24455 ;;;;;; 466296 355000))
24456 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24458 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24459 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24461 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24462 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24463 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24465 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24466 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24467 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24468 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24469 the earlier.
24471 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24473 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24475 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24476 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24477 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24479 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24480 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24482 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24483 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24484 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24485 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24486 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24487 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24488 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24489 Emacs version).
24491 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24492 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24493 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24494 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24495 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24497 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24498 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24500 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24502 ;;;***
24504 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21710 32133 773297
24505 ;;;;;; 952000))
24506 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24508 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24509 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24510 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24511 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24512 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24513 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24514 sites in the cluster.
24516 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24518 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24519 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24520 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24521 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24522 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24524 \(fn)" t nil)
24526 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24527 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24528 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24529 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24530 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24531 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24532 `shadow-define-cluster').
24534 \(fn)" t nil)
24536 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24537 Set up file shadowing.
24539 \(fn)" t nil)
24541 ;;;***
24543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21710 32133 774297 957000))
24544 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24546 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24547 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24548 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24549 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24550 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24551 arguments.")
24553 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24555 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24556 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24557 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24558 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24559 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24561 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24562 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24563 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24564 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24565 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24566 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24567 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24568 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24569 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24570 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24571 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24573 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24574 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24575 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24576 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24577 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24578 `default-process-coding-system'.
24580 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24581 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24582 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24583 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24585 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24587 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24589 ;;;***
24591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21710 32133 637297 244000))
24592 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24594 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24595 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24597 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24599 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24600 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24601 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24602 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24604 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24606 ;;;***
24608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21710 32133 550296
24609 ;;;;;; 792000))
24610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24612 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24615 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24617 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24620 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24622 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24625 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24627 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24630 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24632 ;;;***
24634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21710 32133
24635 ;;;;;; 550296 792000))
24636 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24638 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24639 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24640 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24641 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24642 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24644 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24646 \(fn)" t nil)
24648 ;;;***
24650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21710 32133
24651 ;;;;;; 755297 858000))
24652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24654 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24655 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24656 \\{simula-mode-map}
24657 Variables controlling indentation style:
24658 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24659 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24660 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24661 `simula-indent-level'
24662 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24663 `simula-substatement-offset'
24664 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24665 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24666 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24667 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24668 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24669 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24670 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24671 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24672 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24673 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24674 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24675 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24676 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24677 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24678 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24679 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24680 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24681 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24682 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24683 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24684 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24685 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24686 or nil if they should not be changed.
24687 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24688 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24689 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24690 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24692 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24693 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24695 \(fn)" t nil)
24697 ;;;***
24699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21710 32133 777297
24700 ;;;;;; 972000))
24701 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24703 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24704 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24706 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24707 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24708 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24709 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24711 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24713 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24715 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24716 Insert SKELETON.
24717 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24718 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24719 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24720 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24721 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24723 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24724 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24726 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24728 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24729 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24731 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24732 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24733 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24734 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24736 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24737 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24738 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24739 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24741 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24742 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24743 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24745 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24746 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24748 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24749 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24751 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24752 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
24753 is at bol/eol
24754 _ interesting point, interregion here
24755 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24756 interesting point set by _
24757 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24758 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24759 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24760 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24761 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24762 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24763 nil skipped
24765 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24766 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24768 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
24769 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
24770 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
24771 as the first element when at bol.
24773 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24774 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24775 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24776 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24777 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24778 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24779 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24780 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24782 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24783 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24784 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24785 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24786 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24787 available:
24789 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24790 then: insert previously read string once more
24791 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24792 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24793 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24795 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24796 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24798 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24800 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24801 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24803 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24804 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24805 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24806 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24807 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24808 such as backslash.
24810 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24811 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24812 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24814 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24816 ;;;***
24818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21710 32133
24819 ;;;;;; 823298 212000))
24820 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24822 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24823 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24824 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24825 buffer names.
24827 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24829 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24830 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24832 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24833 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24834 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24838 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24839 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24840 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24842 \(fn)" t nil)
24844 ;;;***
24846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21710 32133 550296
24847 ;;;;;; 792000))
24848 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24850 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24851 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24852 A list of images is returned.
24854 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24856 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24857 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24858 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24860 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24862 ;;;***
24864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21710 32133
24865 ;;;;;; 607297 89000))
24866 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24868 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24871 \(fn)" nil nil)
24873 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24874 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24876 \(fn)" t nil)
24878 ;;;***
24880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21710 32133 709297
24881 ;;;;;; 619000))
24882 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24884 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24885 Play the Snake game.
24886 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24888 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24890 Snake mode keybindings:
24891 \\<snake-mode-map>
24892 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24893 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24894 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24895 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24896 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24897 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24898 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24900 \(fn)" t nil)
24902 ;;;***
24904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21710 32133
24905 ;;;;;; 638297 250000))
24906 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24908 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24909 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24910 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24911 Tab indents for C code.
24912 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24913 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24914 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24915 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24916 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24918 \(fn)" t nil)
24920 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24921 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24922 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24923 Tab indents for C code.
24924 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24925 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24926 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24927 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24928 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24930 \(fn)" t nil)
24932 ;;;***
24934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21710 32133 405296
24935 ;;;;;; 38000))
24936 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24938 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24939 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24940 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24941 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24942 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24944 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24948 ;;;***
24950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21710 32133
24951 ;;;;;; 709297 619000))
24952 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24954 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24955 Play Solitaire.
24957 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24958 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24959 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24960 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24961 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24962 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24963 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24964 check after each move or undo.)
24966 What is Solitaire?
24968 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24969 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24970 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24972 Le Solitaire
24973 ============
24975 o o o
24977 o o o
24979 o o o o o o o
24981 o o o . o o o
24983 o o o o o o o
24985 o o o
24987 o o o
24989 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24990 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24991 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24992 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24994 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24995 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24996 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24997 this: o o .
24999 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25000 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25002 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25004 o o o
25006 . o o
25008 o o . o o o o
25010 o . o o o o o
25012 o o o o o o o
25014 o o o
25016 o o o
25018 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25020 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25022 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25024 ;;;***
25026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21710 32133 777297 972000))
25027 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25028 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25030 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25031 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25033 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25034 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25035 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25036 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25037 contiguous.
25039 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25040 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25041 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25042 the sort order.
25044 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25045 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25047 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25048 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25049 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25050 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25051 is called.
25053 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25054 It should move point to the end of the record.
25056 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25057 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25058 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25059 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25060 starts at the beginning of the record.
25062 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25063 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25064 same as ENDRECFUN.
25066 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25067 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25068 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25069 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25070 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25071 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25072 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25074 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25076 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25077 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25078 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25079 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25080 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25081 the sort order.
25083 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25085 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25086 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25087 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25088 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25089 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25090 the sort order.
25092 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25094 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25095 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25096 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25097 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25098 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25099 the sort order.
25101 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25102 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25104 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25105 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25106 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25107 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25108 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25109 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25110 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25111 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25112 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25114 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25116 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25117 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25118 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25119 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25120 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25121 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25122 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25123 the sort order.
25125 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25127 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25128 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25129 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25130 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25132 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25133 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25135 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25136 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25137 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25138 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25139 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25140 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25141 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25142 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25144 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25146 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25147 the sort order.
25149 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25150 starting with the letter \"f\",
25151 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25153 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25155 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25156 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25157 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25158 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25159 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25160 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25161 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25162 the sort order.
25164 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25165 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25166 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25167 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25168 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25170 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25172 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25173 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25174 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25176 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25178 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25179 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25180 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25181 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25182 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25183 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25184 each repeated line.
25186 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25187 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25188 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25189 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25191 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25192 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25194 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25195 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25197 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25199 ;;;***
25201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21710 32133 552296 802000))
25202 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25204 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25205 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25206 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25207 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25208 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25209 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25211 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25213 ;;;***
25215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21710
25216 ;;;;;; 32133 551296 797000))
25217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25219 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25220 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25222 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25223 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25224 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25226 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25228 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25229 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25230 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25231 server.
25233 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25235 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25236 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25237 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25239 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25241 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25242 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25243 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25244 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25245 Agent is plugged.
25247 \(fn)" t nil)
25249 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25250 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25251 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25252 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25254 \(fn)" t nil)
25256 ;;;***
25258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21710 32133 778297
25259 ;;;;;; 977000))
25260 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25262 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25264 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25265 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25266 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25267 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25268 supported at a time.
25269 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25270 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25274 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25275 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25276 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25277 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25279 \(fn)" t nil)
25281 ;;;***
25283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21710 32133 709297
25284 ;;;;;; 619000))
25285 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25287 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25288 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25290 \(fn)" t nil)
25292 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25293 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25295 \(fn)" nil nil)
25297 ;;;***
25299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21710 32133 756297
25300 ;;;;;; 863000))
25301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25302 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25304 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25305 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25307 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25308 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25309 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25310 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25311 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25312 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25313 of the current highlighting list.
25315 For example:
25317 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25318 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25320 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25321 `_t' as data types.
25323 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25325 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25326 Major mode to edit SQL.
25328 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25329 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25330 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25332 \\{sql-mode-map}
25333 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25335 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25336 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25337 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25338 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25339 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25340 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25342 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25343 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25345 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25346 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25347 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25349 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25350 (lambda ()
25351 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25353 \(fn)" t nil)
25355 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25356 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25358 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25359 their settings.
25361 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25362 is specified in the connection settings.
25364 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25366 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25367 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25369 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25370 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25372 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25373 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25374 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25375 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25377 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25379 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25381 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25382 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25384 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25385 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25386 `*SQL*'.
25388 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25389 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25390 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25391 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25393 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25394 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25396 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25397 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25398 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25399 buffer.
25401 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25402 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25403 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25404 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25405 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25406 `default-process-coding-system'.
25408 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25410 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25412 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25413 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25415 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25416 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25417 `*SQL*'.
25419 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25420 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25421 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25422 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25424 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25425 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25427 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25428 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25429 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25430 buffer.
25432 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25433 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25434 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25435 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25436 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25437 `default-process-coding-system'.
25439 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25441 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25443 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25444 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25446 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25447 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25448 `*SQL*'.
25450 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25451 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25453 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25454 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25456 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25457 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25458 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25459 buffer.
25461 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25462 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25463 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25464 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25465 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25466 `default-process-coding-system'.
25468 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25470 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25472 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25473 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25475 SQLite is free software.
25477 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25478 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25479 `*SQL*'.
25481 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25482 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25483 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25484 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25486 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25487 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25489 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25490 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25491 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25492 buffer.
25494 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25495 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25496 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25497 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25498 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25499 `default-process-coding-system'.
25501 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25503 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25505 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25506 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25508 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25510 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25511 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25512 `*SQL*'.
25514 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25515 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25516 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25517 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25519 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25520 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25522 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25523 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25524 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25525 buffer.
25527 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25528 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25529 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25530 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25531 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25532 `default-process-coding-system'.
25534 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25536 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25538 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25539 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25541 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25542 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25543 `*SQL*'.
25545 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25546 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25547 defaults, if set.
25549 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25550 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25552 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25553 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25554 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25555 buffer.
25557 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25558 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25559 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25560 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25561 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25562 `default-process-coding-system'.
25564 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25566 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25568 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25569 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25571 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25572 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25573 `*SQL*'.
25575 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25576 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25578 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25579 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25581 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25582 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25583 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25584 buffer.
25586 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25587 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25588 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25589 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25590 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25591 `default-process-coding-system'.
25593 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25595 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25597 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25598 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25600 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25601 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25602 `*SQL*'.
25604 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25605 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25606 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25607 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25609 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25610 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25612 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25613 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25614 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25615 buffer.
25617 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25618 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25619 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25620 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25621 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25622 `default-process-coding-system'.
25624 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25626 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25628 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25629 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25631 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25632 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25633 `*SQL*'.
25635 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25636 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25637 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25638 `sql-postgres-options'.
25640 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25641 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25643 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25644 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25645 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25646 buffer.
25648 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25649 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25650 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25651 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25652 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25653 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25654 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25655 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25657 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25658 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25660 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25662 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25664 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25665 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25667 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25668 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25669 `*SQL*'.
25671 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25672 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25673 defaults, if set.
25675 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25676 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25678 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25679 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25680 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25681 buffer.
25683 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25684 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25685 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25686 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25687 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25688 `default-process-coding-system'.
25690 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25692 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25694 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25695 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25697 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25698 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25699 `*SQL*'.
25701 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25702 automatic login.
25704 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25705 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25707 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25708 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25709 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25710 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25712 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25713 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25714 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25715 buffer.
25717 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25718 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25719 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25720 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25721 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25722 `default-process-coding-system'.
25724 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25726 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25728 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25729 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25731 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25732 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25733 `*SQL*'.
25735 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25736 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25737 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25738 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25739 parameters.
25741 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25742 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25743 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25744 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25745 an empty password.
25747 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25748 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25750 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25751 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25752 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25753 buffer.
25755 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25757 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25759 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
25760 Run vsql as an inferior process.
25762 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25764 ;;;***
25766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21710 32133 431296
25767 ;;;;;; 173000))
25768 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25769 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25771 ;;;***
25773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25774 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 434296 189000))
25775 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25777 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25778 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25780 \(fn)" t nil)
25782 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25784 ;;;***
25786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21710 32133
25787 ;;;;;; 552296 802000))
25788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25790 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25791 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25792 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25793 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25794 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25795 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25796 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25797 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25798 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25799 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25800 with any buffer
25801 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25802 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25803 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25804 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25806 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25808 ;;;***
25810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21710 32133 779297
25811 ;;;;;; 983000))
25812 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25814 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25815 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25816 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25817 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25818 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25819 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25821 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25823 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25825 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25826 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25827 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25828 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25829 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25830 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25831 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25833 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25835 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25836 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25837 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25838 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25839 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25840 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25841 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25843 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25845 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25846 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25847 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25849 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25851 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25852 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25853 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25855 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25857 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25858 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25860 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25862 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25863 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25865 \(fn)" t nil)
25867 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25868 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25870 \(fn)" t nil)
25872 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25873 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25874 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25875 by command name.
25876 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25878 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25880 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25881 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25882 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25883 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25884 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25885 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25887 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25889 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25890 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25891 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25892 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25893 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25895 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25896 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25897 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25898 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25899 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25901 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25902 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25903 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25904 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25906 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25910 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25911 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25912 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25913 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25915 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25917 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25918 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25920 \(fn)" t nil)
25922 ;;;***
25924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21710 32133 709297
25925 ;;;;;; 619000))
25926 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25928 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25929 Studlify-case the region.
25931 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25933 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25934 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25936 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25938 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25939 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25941 \(fn)" t nil)
25943 ;;;***
25945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21710 32133
25946 ;;;;;; 756297 863000))
25947 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25949 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
25951 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25952 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25953 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25954 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25955 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25957 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
25958 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25959 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25960 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25962 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25963 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25964 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25966 Nomenclature Subwords
25967 ===========================================================
25968 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25969 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25970 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25972 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25973 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
25975 \\{subword-mode-map}
25977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25979 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25980 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25981 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25982 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25983 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25984 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25986 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25988 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25989 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25990 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25991 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25992 ARG is omitted or nil.
25994 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25995 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25996 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26000 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26001 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26002 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26003 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26004 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26006 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26007 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26008 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26009 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26011 \\{superword-mode-map}
26013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26015 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26016 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26017 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26018 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26019 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26020 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26022 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26024 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26025 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26026 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26027 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26028 ARG is omitted or nil.
26030 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26031 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26032 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26036 ;;;***
26038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21710 32133
26039 ;;;;;; 608297 94000))
26040 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26042 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26043 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26044 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26045 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26046 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26047 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26048 original message but it does require a few things:
26050 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26052 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26053 reply buffer.
26055 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26056 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26057 original message.
26059 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26061 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26063 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26064 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26065 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26067 \(fn)" nil nil)
26069 ;;;***
26071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21710 32133 781297
26072 ;;;;;; 993000))
26073 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26075 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26077 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26078 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26079 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26081 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26082 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26084 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26086 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26087 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26089 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26090 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26092 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26093 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26094 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26098 ;;;***
26100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21710 32133 781297 993000))
26101 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26103 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26104 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26105 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26106 buffer.
26108 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26109 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26110 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26112 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26114 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26115 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26116 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26117 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26118 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26119 buffer.
26121 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26122 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26123 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26125 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26127 ;;;***
26129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21710 32133 803298
26130 ;;;;;; 108000))
26131 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26133 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26134 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26135 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26137 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26139 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26140 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26142 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26144 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26145 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26147 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26149 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26150 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26152 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26154 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26155 Insert an editable text table.
26156 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26157 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26158 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26159 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26160 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26161 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26162 delimiting them.
26164 Examples:
26166 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26168 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26169 location of point.
26173 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26174 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26175 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26176 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26177 first cell.
26179 +-----+-----+-----+
26180 |-!- | | |
26181 +-----+-----+-----+
26183 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26185 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26186 width, which results as
26188 +--------------+-----+-----+
26189 |-!- | | |
26190 +--------------+-----+-----+
26192 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26193 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26195 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196 | | |-!- |
26197 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26199 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26200 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26201 width information to `table-insert'.
26203 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26205 instead of
26207 Cell width(s): 5
26209 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26210 work all together.
26212 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26213 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26215 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26216 |-!- | | |
26217 | | | |
26218 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26220 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26222 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26223 |-!- | | |
26224 | | | |
26225 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26226 | | | |
26227 | | | |
26228 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26230 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26232 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26233 | | | |
26234 | | | |
26235 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26236 | | | |
26237 | | | |
26238 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26241 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26242 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26243 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26245 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26246 | | | |
26247 | | | |
26248 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26249 | | | |
26250 | | | |
26251 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26252 |-!- | | |
26253 | | | |
26254 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26256 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26257 results.
26259 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26260 | | | |
26261 | | | |
26262 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26263 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26264 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26265 | | |expected results.-!- |
26266 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26267 | | | |
26268 | | | |
26269 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26271 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26273 \\{table-cell-map}
26275 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26277 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26278 Insert N table row(s).
26279 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26280 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26281 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26282 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26284 \(fn N)" t nil)
26286 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26287 Insert N table column(s).
26288 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26289 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26290 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26291 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26293 \(fn N)" t nil)
26295 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26296 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26297 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26299 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26301 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26302 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26303 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26304 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26305 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26306 all the table specific features.
26308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26310 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26313 \(fn)" t nil)
26315 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26316 Recognize all tables within region.
26317 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26318 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26319 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26320 specific features.
26322 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26324 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26327 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26329 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26330 Recognize a table at point.
26331 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26332 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26333 the table specific features.
26335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26337 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26340 \(fn)" t nil)
26342 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26343 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26344 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26345 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26346 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26347 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26348 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26350 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26352 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26355 \(fn)" t nil)
26357 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26358 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26359 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26360 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26361 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26362 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26363 specified.
26365 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26367 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26368 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26369 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26370 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26371 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26372 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26373 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26374 table structure.
26376 \(fn N)" t nil)
26378 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26379 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26380 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26381 table's rectangle structure.
26383 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26385 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26386 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26387 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26388 table's rectangle structure.
26390 \(fn N)" t nil)
26392 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26393 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26394 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26395 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26396 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26398 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26400 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26401 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26402 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26404 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26405 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26406 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26407 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26408 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26409 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26410 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26412 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26413 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26414 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26415 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26416 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26417 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26418 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26420 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26421 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26422 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26423 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26424 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26425 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26426 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26427 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26429 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26431 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26432 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26433 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26434 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26438 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26439 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26440 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26442 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26444 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26445 Split current cell vertically.
26446 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26448 \(fn)" t nil)
26450 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26451 Split current cell horizontally.
26452 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26454 \(fn)" t nil)
26456 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26457 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26458 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26460 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26462 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26463 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26464 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26465 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26467 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26469 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26470 Justify cell contents.
26471 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26472 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26473 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26474 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26476 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26478 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26479 Justify cells of a row.
26480 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26481 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26483 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26485 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26486 Justify cells of a column.
26487 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26488 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26490 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26492 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26493 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26494 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26495 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26496 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26497 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26498 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26499 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26500 run-time.
26502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26504 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26505 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26506 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26507 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26508 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26509 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26510 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26511 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26512 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26513 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26514 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26516 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26518 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26519 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26520 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26521 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26522 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26523 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26524 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26525 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26526 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26527 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26528 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26529 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26530 untouched.
26532 References used for this implementation:
26534 HTML:
26535 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26537 LaTeX:
26538 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26540 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26541 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26542 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26544 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26546 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26547 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26548 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26549 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26550 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26551 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26552 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26553 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26554 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26555 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26556 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26557 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26558 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26559 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26560 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26561 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26562 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26564 Example:
26566 (progn
26567 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26568 (table-forward-cell 15)
26569 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26570 (table-forward-cell 16)
26571 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26572 (table-forward-cell 1)
26573 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26575 (progn
26576 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26577 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26578 (table-forward-cell 1)
26579 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26581 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26583 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26584 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26585 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26586 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26587 consists from cells of same height.
26589 \(fn N)" t nil)
26591 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26592 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26593 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26594 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26595 column must consists from cells of same width.
26597 \(fn N)" t nil)
26599 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26600 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26601 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26602 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26603 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26604 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26605 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26606 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26607 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26608 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26609 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26610 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26611 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26612 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26613 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26616 Example 1:
26618 1, 2, 3, 4
26619 5, 6, 7, 8
26620 , 9, 10
26622 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26623 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26624 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26625 specified as 5.
26627 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26628 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26629 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26630 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26631 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26632 | | 9 | 10 | |
26633 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26635 Note:
26637 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26638 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26639 of each row is optional.
26642 Example 2:
26644 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26645 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26646 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26647 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26648 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26650 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26651 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26653 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26654 expression and raw delimiter regular
26655 expression, it parses the specified text
26656 area and extracts cell items from
26657 non-table text and then forms a table out
26658 of them.
26660 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26661 creates a single cell table. The text in
26662 the specified region is placed in that
26663 cell.-*-
26665 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26666 like this.
26668 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26669 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26670 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26672 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26673 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26674 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26675 | area and extracts cell items from |
26676 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26677 | of them. |
26679 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26680 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26681 | the specified region is placed in that |
26682 | cell. |
26683 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26685 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26686 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26687 independently.
26689 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26690 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26691 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26692 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26693 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26694 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26695 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26696 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26697 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26698 | |of them. |
26699 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26700 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26701 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26702 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26703 | |cell. |
26704 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26706 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26707 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26708 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26710 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26712 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26713 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26714 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26715 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26716 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26718 \(fn)" t nil)
26720 ;;;***
26722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21710 32133 781297 993000))
26723 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26725 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26726 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26728 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26730 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26731 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26733 \(fn)" t nil)
26735 ;;;***
26737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21710 32133 782297
26738 ;;;;;; 998000))
26739 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26741 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26742 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26743 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26744 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26745 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26746 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26747 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26749 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26750 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26751 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26752 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26754 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26755 \\{tar-mode-map}
26757 \(fn)" t nil)
26759 ;;;***
26761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21710 32133 757297
26762 ;;;;;; 868000))
26763 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26765 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26766 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26767 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26768 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26769 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26770 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26772 Variables controlling indentation style:
26773 `tcl-indent-level'
26774 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26775 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26776 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26778 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26779 documentation for details):
26780 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26781 Controls action of TAB key.
26782 `tcl-auto-newline'
26783 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26784 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26785 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26786 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26787 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26789 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26790 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26791 already exist.
26793 \(fn)" t nil)
26795 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26796 Run inferior Tcl process.
26797 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26798 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26800 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26802 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26803 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26804 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26806 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26808 ;;;***
26810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21710 32133 639297
26811 ;;;;;; 255000))
26812 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26814 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26815 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26816 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26817 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26819 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26820 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26821 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26822 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26823 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26825 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26827 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26828 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26829 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26830 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26832 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26834 ;;;***
26836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21710 32133 783298 4000))
26837 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26839 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26840 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26841 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26842 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26843 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26844 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26846 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26848 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26849 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26850 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26851 commands to use in that buffer.
26853 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26855 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26857 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26858 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26860 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26862 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26863 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26864 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26865 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26866 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26867 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26868 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26869 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26870 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26871 use in that buffer.
26872 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26874 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26876 ;;;***
26878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21710
26879 ;;;;;; 32133 468296 366000))
26880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26882 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26883 Start coverage on function under point.
26885 \(fn)" t nil)
26887 ;;;***
26889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21710 32133 709297
26890 ;;;;;; 619000))
26891 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26892 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26894 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26895 Play the Tetris game.
26896 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26897 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26898 as to form complete rows.
26900 tetris-mode keybindings:
26901 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26902 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26903 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26904 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26905 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26906 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26907 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26908 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26909 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26911 \(fn)" t nil)
26913 ;;;***
26915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21710 32133
26916 ;;;;;; 804298 113000))
26917 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26919 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26920 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26922 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26924 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26925 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26926 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26927 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26928 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26930 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26932 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26933 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26934 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26935 if it matches the first line of the file,
26936 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26938 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26940 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26941 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26942 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26943 if the variable is non-nil.")
26945 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26947 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26948 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26950 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26952 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26953 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26954 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26955 See the documentation of that variable.")
26957 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26959 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26960 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26961 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26962 See the documentation of that variable.")
26964 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26966 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26967 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26968 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26969 See the documentation of that variable.")
26971 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26973 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26974 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26975 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26976 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26977 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26979 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26981 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26982 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26983 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26984 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26986 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26988 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26989 User defined LaTeX block names.
26990 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26992 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26994 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26995 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26996 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26997 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26999 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27001 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27002 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27003 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27004 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27006 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27008 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27009 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27010 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27011 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27013 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27014 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27015 for example,
27017 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27018 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27020 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27021 use.")
27023 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27025 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27026 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27027 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27028 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27029 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27031 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27033 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27035 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27036 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27037 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27039 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27041 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27042 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27043 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27044 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27045 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27047 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27049 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27050 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27052 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27054 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27055 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27057 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27059 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27060 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27061 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27062 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27063 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27064 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27065 says which mode to use.
27067 \(fn)" t nil)
27069 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27071 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27073 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27075 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27076 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27077 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27078 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27079 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27081 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27082 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27083 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27084 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27085 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27086 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27087 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27089 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27090 mismatched $'s or braces.
27092 Special commands:
27093 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27095 Mode variables:
27096 tex-run-command
27097 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27098 tex-directory
27099 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27100 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27101 tex-dvi-print-command
27102 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27103 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27104 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27105 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27106 tex-dvi-view-command
27107 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27108 tex-show-queue-command
27109 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27110 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27112 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27113 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27114 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27116 \(fn)" t nil)
27118 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27119 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27120 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27121 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27122 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27124 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27125 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27126 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27127 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27128 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27129 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27130 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27132 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27133 mismatched $'s or braces.
27135 Special commands:
27136 \\{latex-mode-map}
27138 Mode variables:
27139 latex-run-command
27140 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27141 tex-directory
27142 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27143 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27144 tex-dvi-print-command
27145 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27146 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27147 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27148 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27149 tex-dvi-view-command
27150 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27151 tex-show-queue-command
27152 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27153 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27155 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27156 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27157 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27159 \(fn)" t nil)
27161 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27162 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27163 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27164 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27165 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27167 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27168 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27169 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27170 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27171 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27172 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27173 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27175 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27176 mismatched $'s or braces.
27178 Special commands:
27179 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27181 Mode variables:
27182 slitex-run-command
27183 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27184 tex-directory
27185 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27186 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27187 tex-dvi-print-command
27188 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27189 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27190 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27191 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27192 tex-dvi-view-command
27193 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27194 tex-show-queue-command
27195 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27196 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27198 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27199 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27200 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27201 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27203 \(fn)" t nil)
27205 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27208 \(fn)" nil nil)
27210 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27211 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27213 \(fn)" t nil)
27215 ;;;***
27217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21710 32133
27218 ;;;;;; 805298 118000))
27219 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27221 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27222 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27223 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27224 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27226 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27227 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27228 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27230 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27232 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27233 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27234 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27235 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27236 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27238 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27240 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27241 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27242 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27243 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27245 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27246 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27247 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27248 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27250 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27251 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27253 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27255 ;;;***
27257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21710 32133
27258 ;;;;;; 805298 118000))
27259 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27261 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27262 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27264 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27266 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27267 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27269 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27271 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27272 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27274 It has these extra commands:
27275 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27277 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27278 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27279 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27280 modified version of TeX input format.
27282 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27283 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27284 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27285 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27287 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27288 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27289 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27290 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27291 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27292 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27293 in the Texinfo file.
27295 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27296 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27297 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27298 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27299 move forward past the closing brace.
27301 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27302 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27304 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27305 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27306 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27308 Here are the functions:
27310 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27311 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27312 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27314 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27315 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27316 texinfo-master-menu
27318 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27320 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27321 which menu descriptions are indented.
27323 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27324 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27325 in the region.
27327 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27328 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27329 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27330 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27332 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27333 be the first node in the file.
27335 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27336 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27338 \(fn)" t nil)
27340 ;;;***
27342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21710
27343 ;;;;;; 32133 581296 953000))
27344 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27346 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27347 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27348 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27349 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27351 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27353 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27354 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27356 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27358 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27359 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27361 \(fn)" t nil)
27363 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27366 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27368 ;;;***
27370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21710 32133 806298
27371 ;;;;;; 123000))
27372 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27374 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27375 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27376 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27377 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27378 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27379 `line', and `page'.
27381 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27383 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27384 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27385 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27386 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27387 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27388 `line', and `page'.
27390 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27391 valid THING.
27393 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27394 positions of the thing found.
27396 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27398 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27399 Return the THING at point.
27400 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27401 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27402 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27403 `line', `number', and `page'.
27405 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27406 strip text properties from the return value.
27408 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27409 a symbol as a valid THING.
27411 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27413 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27414 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27416 \(fn)" nil nil)
27418 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27419 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27421 \(fn)" nil nil)
27423 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27424 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27426 \(fn)" nil nil)
27428 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27429 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27431 \(fn)" nil nil)
27433 ;;;***
27435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21710 32133 807298 128000))
27436 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27438 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27439 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27441 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27443 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27444 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27445 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27446 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27448 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27450 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27451 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27453 \(fn)" t nil)
27455 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27456 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27458 \(fn)" t nil)
27460 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27462 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27463 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27465 \(fn)" t nil)
27467 ;;;***
27469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21710
27470 ;;;;;; 32133 583296 964000))
27471 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27473 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27474 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27475 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27477 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27479 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27480 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27482 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27484 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27485 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27486 The returned string has no composition information.
27488 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27490 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27491 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27493 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27495 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27496 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27498 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27500 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27501 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27502 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27503 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27507 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27508 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27509 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27510 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27512 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27514 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27515 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27516 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27518 \(fn)" t nil)
27520 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27521 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27522 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27524 \(fn)" t nil)
27526 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27529 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27531 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27534 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27536 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27539 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27541 ;;;***
27543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21710 32133
27544 ;;;;;; 806298 123000))
27545 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27546 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27548 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27549 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27550 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27551 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27552 parameters.
27553 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27554 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27555 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27557 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27559 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27560 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27561 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27562 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27563 parameters.
27564 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27565 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27566 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27568 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27570 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27571 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27574 * character before point is a space character,
27575 * character before that has “w” character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27576 constituent),
27577 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27578 characters) from before the space character, and
27579 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27580 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27581 return t.
27583 Otherwise, if
27584 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27585 * character before point is a space character, and
27586 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27587 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27588 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27590 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27592 \(fn)" t nil)
27594 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27595 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27597 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27598 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27599 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27600 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27602 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27603 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27604 variable will be set to the representation.
27606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27608 ;;;***
27610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21710 32133 807298 128000))
27611 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27613 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27614 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27616 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27617 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27619 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27620 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27621 This display updates automatically every minute.
27622 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27623 are displayed as well.
27624 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27626 \(fn)" t nil)
27628 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27629 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27630 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27631 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27632 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27633 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27635 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27637 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27638 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27640 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27641 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27643 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27644 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27645 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27646 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27647 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27651 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27652 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27653 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27654 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27656 \(fn)" t nil)
27658 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27659 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27660 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27661 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27663 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27665 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27666 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27668 \(fn)" t nil)
27670 ;;;***
27672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21710
27673 ;;;;;; 32133 405296 38000))
27674 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27676 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27677 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27678 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27680 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27681 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27682 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27683 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27684 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27685 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27687 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27688 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27690 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27692 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27693 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27695 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27697 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27698 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27699 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27701 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27703 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27704 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27705 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27706 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27708 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27709 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27710 DATE should be a date-time string.
27712 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27714 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27715 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27716 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27718 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27720 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27721 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27723 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27725 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27726 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27728 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27730 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27731 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27732 TIME should be a time value.
27733 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27735 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27737 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27738 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27739 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27741 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27743 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27744 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27745 The valid format specifiers are:
27746 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27747 %d is the number of days.
27748 %h is the number of hours.
27749 %m is the number of minutes.
27750 %s is the number of seconds.
27751 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27752 %% is a literal \"%\".
27754 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27755 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27757 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27758 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27759 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27761 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27762 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27763 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27765 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27767 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27769 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27770 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27772 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
27774 ;;;***
27776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21710 32133 807298
27777 ;;;;;; 128000))
27778 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27779 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27780 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27781 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27782 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27783 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27784 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27785 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27786 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27788 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27789 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27790 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27791 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27792 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27793 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27794 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27795 look like one of the following:
27796 Time-stamp: <>
27797 Time-stamp: \" \"
27798 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27799 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27800 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27801 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27802 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27803 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27804 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27805 the template.
27807 \(fn)" t nil)
27809 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27810 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27811 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27813 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27815 ;;;***
27817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21710
27818 ;;;;;; 32133 406296 44000))
27819 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27820 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27822 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27823 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27824 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27826 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27827 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27829 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27831 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27832 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27833 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27834 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27835 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27836 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27837 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27838 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27839 display (non-nil means on).
27841 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27843 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27844 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27845 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27846 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27847 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27848 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27849 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27850 this function is called within a day.
27852 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27853 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27854 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27855 discover the name of the project.
27857 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27859 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27860 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27861 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27862 begun during the last time segment.
27864 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27865 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27866 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27867 discover the reason.
27869 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27871 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27872 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27873 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27874 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27875 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27877 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27879 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27880 Change to working on a different project.
27881 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27882 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27883 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27884 working on.
27886 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27888 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27889 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27890 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27892 \(fn)" nil nil)
27894 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27895 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27896 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27898 \(fn)" t nil)
27900 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27901 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27902 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27903 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27904 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27905 \"relative to today\".
27907 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27909 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27910 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27911 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27912 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27914 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27916 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27917 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27918 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27919 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27920 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27921 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27923 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27925 ;;;***
27927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27928 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 571296 901000))
27929 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27931 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27932 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27933 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27934 the generated Quail package is saved.
27936 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27938 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27939 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27940 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27941 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27942 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27943 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27944 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27946 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27948 ;;;***
27950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21710 32133 807298 128000))
27951 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27952 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27953 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27955 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27956 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27957 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27958 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27959 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27961 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27962 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27963 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27965 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27967 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27968 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27969 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27970 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27971 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27973 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27975 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27976 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27977 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27978 in the menu in two ways:
27979 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27980 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27981 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27983 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27984 keymap or an alist of alists.
27985 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27986 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27988 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27990 ;;;***
27992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21710
27993 ;;;;;; 32133 407296 49000))
27994 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27996 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27997 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27999 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28000 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28001 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28002 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28003 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28004 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28005 file was last visited.
28007 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28008 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28009 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28010 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28011 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28012 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28013 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28014 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28015 for the first item.
28017 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28018 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28019 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28020 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28021 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28022 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28023 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28024 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28026 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28027 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28028 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28029 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28030 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28032 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28033 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28035 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28037 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28038 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28040 \\{todo-mode-map}
28042 \(fn)" t nil)
28044 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28045 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28047 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28049 \(fn)" t nil)
28051 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28052 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28054 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28056 \(fn)" t nil)
28058 ;;;***
28060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21710 32133 808298
28061 ;;;;;; 133000))
28062 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28064 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28065 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28066 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28070 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28071 Add an item to the tool bar.
28072 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28073 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28074 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28075 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28077 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28078 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28079 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28080 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28082 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28083 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28085 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28087 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28088 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28089 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28090 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28091 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28092 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28094 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28095 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28096 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28097 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28099 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28101 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28102 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28103 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28104 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28105 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28106 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28107 properties to add to the binding.
28109 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28111 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28112 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28114 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28116 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28117 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28118 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28119 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28120 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28121 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28122 properties to add to the binding.
28124 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28125 holds a keymap.
28127 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28129 ;;;***
28131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21710 32133 468296
28132 ;;;;;; 366000))
28133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28135 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28136 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28137 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28138 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28139 to a tcp server on another machine.
28141 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28143 ;;;***
28145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21710 32133
28146 ;;;;;; 468296 366000))
28147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28149 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28150 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28152 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28154 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28155 Helper function to get internal values.
28156 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28158 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28160 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28161 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28162 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28163 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28165 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28166 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28167 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28168 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28169 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28171 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28172 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28173 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28174 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28176 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28178 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28180 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28181 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28182 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28183 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28185 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28187 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28189 ;;;***
28191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21710 32133 644297
28192 ;;;;;; 281000))
28193 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28195 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28196 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28197 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28199 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28201 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28202 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28204 It can have the following values:
28206 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28207 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28209 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28211 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28212 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28213 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28214 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28216 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28218 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28219 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28220 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28221 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28223 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28224 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28225 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28226 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28227 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28228 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28229 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28230 files which are not really Tramp files.
28232 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28233 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28234 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28235 updated after changing this variable.
28237 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28239 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28240 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28241 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28242 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28244 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28246 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28247 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28248 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28249 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28251 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28252 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28253 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28255 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28256 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28257 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28258 updated after changing this variable.
28260 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28262 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28263 Alist of completion handler functions.
28264 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28265 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28266 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28268 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28269 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28270 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28271 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28273 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28274 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28275 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28277 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28278 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory (or (symbol-value (quote temporary-file-directory)) "/"))) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28280 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28281 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28283 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28285 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28288 \(fn)" nil nil)
28290 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28291 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28293 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28295 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28296 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28298 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28300 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28301 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28303 \(fn)" t nil)
28305 ;;;***
28307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21710 32133
28308 ;;;;;; 640297 260000))
28309 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28311 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28314 \(fn)" nil nil)
28316 ;;;***
28318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21710 32133 808298
28319 ;;;;;; 133000))
28320 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28322 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28323 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28324 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28325 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28326 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28327 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28328 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28329 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28331 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28332 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28333 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28335 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28336 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28337 resumed later.
28339 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28341 ;;;***
28343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21710 32133
28344 ;;;;;; 583296 964000))
28345 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28347 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28350 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28352 ;;;***
28354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21710
28355 ;;;;;; 32133 806298 123000))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28357 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28358 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28359 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28361 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28362 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28363 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28364 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28365 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28366 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28367 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28369 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28371 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28372 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28373 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28374 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28376 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28378 \(fn)" t nil)
28380 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28381 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28382 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28383 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28384 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28385 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28386 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28388 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28389 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28391 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28392 \\___/\\
28393 / \\
28394 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28396 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28398 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28400 ;;;***
28402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21710 32133 809298
28403 ;;;;;; 139000))
28404 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28406 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28407 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28408 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28411 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28413 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28415 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28416 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28417 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28419 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28420 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28421 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28422 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28423 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28424 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28425 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28427 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28428 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28430 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28431 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28432 reset the keystroke counter.
28434 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28435 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28436 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28437 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28439 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28440 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28441 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28442 `type-break-schedule' command.
28444 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28445 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28446 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28447 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28448 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28449 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28450 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28451 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28452 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28454 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28455 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28456 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28457 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28458 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28460 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28461 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28462 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28463 approximate good values for this.
28465 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28466 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28468 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28469 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28470 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28471 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28472 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28473 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28475 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28476 a typing break occur. They include:
28478 `type-break-query-mode'
28479 `type-break-query-function'
28480 `type-break-query-interval'
28482 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28484 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28485 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28486 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28487 problems.
28489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28491 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28492 Take a typing break.
28494 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28495 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28497 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28498 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28500 \(fn)" t nil)
28502 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28503 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28504 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28505 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28507 \(fn)" t nil)
28509 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28510 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28512 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28513 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28514 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28515 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28516 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28517 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28518 average typing speed.)
28520 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28521 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28522 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28523 the computed maximum threshold.
28525 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28526 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28527 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28528 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28529 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28531 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28533 ;;;***
28535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21710 32133 608297 94000))
28536 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28538 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28539 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28540 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28541 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28542 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28544 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28546 ;;;***
28548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28549 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 571296 901000))
28550 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28552 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28553 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28555 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28557 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28558 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28560 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28562 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28563 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28565 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28567 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28568 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28570 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28572 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28573 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28575 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28577 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28578 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28580 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28582 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28583 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28585 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28587 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28588 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28590 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28592 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28593 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28595 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28597 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28598 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28600 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28602 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28603 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28605 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28607 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28608 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28610 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28612 ;;;***
28614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21710
28615 ;;;;;; 32133 806298 123000))
28616 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28618 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28619 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28620 Works by overstriking underscores.
28621 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28622 which specify the range to operate on.
28624 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28626 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28627 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28628 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28629 which specify the range to operate on.
28631 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28633 ;;;***
28635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21710 32133 608297
28636 ;;;;;; 94000))
28637 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28639 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28640 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28641 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28642 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28643 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28644 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28646 \(fn)" nil nil)
28648 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28649 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28650 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28652 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28654 ;;;***
28656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21710 32133
28657 ;;;;;; 468296 366000))
28658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28660 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28661 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28662 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28663 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28665 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28667 ;;;***
28669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21710 32133 814298 165000))
28670 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28672 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28673 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28674 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28675 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28676 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28678 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28679 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28680 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28681 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28682 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28683 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28685 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28686 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28687 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28689 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28690 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28691 the callback is not called).
28693 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28694 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28695 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28696 take effect.
28698 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28699 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28700 the server.
28701 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28702 URL-encoded before it's used.
28704 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28706 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28707 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28708 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28709 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28710 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28712 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28714 ;;;***
28716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21710 32133 810298
28717 ;;;;;; 144000))
28718 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28720 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28721 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28722 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28724 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28725 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28726 `url-generic-parse-url'
28727 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28728 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28729 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28730 realm
28731 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28732 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28733 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28734 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28735 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28736 what type of auth to use
28737 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28738 if one cannot be found in the cache
28740 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28742 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28743 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28745 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28746 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28747 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28748 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28749 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28750 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28751 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28752 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28754 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28756 ;;;***
28758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21710 32133
28759 ;;;;;; 810298 144000))
28760 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28762 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28763 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28765 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28767 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28768 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28769 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28771 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28773 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28774 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28776 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28778 ;;;***
28780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21710 32133 810298
28781 ;;;;;; 144000))
28782 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28784 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28787 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28789 ;;;***
28791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21710 32133 811298
28792 ;;;;;; 149000))
28793 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28795 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28796 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28797 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28799 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28801 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28802 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28803 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28804 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28806 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28807 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28808 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28809 though.
28811 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28813 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28814 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28815 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28817 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28819 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28822 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28824 ;;;***
28826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21710 32133 811298
28827 ;;;;;; 149000))
28828 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28830 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28831 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28833 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28835 ;;;***
28837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21710 32133 811298
28838 ;;;;;; 149000))
28839 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28841 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28842 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28844 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28846 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28847 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28848 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28849 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28850 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28852 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
28853 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
28855 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
28857 ;;;***
28859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21710
28860 ;;;;;; 32133 811298 149000))
28861 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28863 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28864 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28865 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28866 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28867 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28868 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28870 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28872 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28873 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28874 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28875 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28876 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28878 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28880 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28881 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28882 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28883 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28885 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28887 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28888 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28889 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28890 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28891 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28892 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28893 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28894 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28895 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28896 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28898 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28900 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28901 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28902 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28903 accessible.
28905 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28907 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28910 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28912 ;;;***
28914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21710 32133 812298
28915 ;;;;;; 154000))
28916 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28917 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28919 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28920 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28921 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28922 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28923 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28925 ;;;***
28927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21710 32133 812298
28928 ;;;;;; 154000))
28929 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28931 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28934 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28936 ;;;***
28938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21710 32133 812298
28939 ;;;;;; 154000))
28940 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28942 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28943 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28944 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28945 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28946 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28948 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28950 ;;;***
28952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21710 32133
28953 ;;;;;; 812298 154000))
28954 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28956 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28959 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28961 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28962 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28964 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28966 ;;;***
28968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21710 32133 813298
28969 ;;;;;; 160000))
28970 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28972 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28973 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28975 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28977 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28978 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28980 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28982 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28985 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28987 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28989 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28991 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28993 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28994 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28996 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28998 ;;;***
29000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21710 32133 813298
29001 ;;;;;; 160000))
29002 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29004 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29007 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29009 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29012 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29014 ;;;***
29016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21710 32133 813298
29017 ;;;;;; 160000))
29018 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29020 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29023 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29025 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29028 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29030 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29033 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29035 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29038 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29040 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29043 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29045 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29048 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29050 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29053 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29055 ;;;***
29057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21710 32133
29058 ;;;;;; 813298 160000))
29059 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29061 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29062 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29064 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29066 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29067 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29068 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29070 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29071 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29072 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29073 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29074 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29075 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29076 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29077 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29078 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29079 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29080 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29081 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29082 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29083 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29085 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29086 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29087 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29089 Here is an example. The URL
29091 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29093 parses to
29095 TYPE = \"foo\"
29096 USER = \"bob\"
29097 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29098 HOST = \"example.com\"
29099 PORTSPEC = 42
29100 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29101 TARGET = \"nose\"
29102 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29103 FULLNESS = t
29105 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29107 ;;;***
29109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21710 32133
29110 ;;;;;; 813298 160000))
29111 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29113 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29114 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29116 \(fn)" t nil)
29118 ;;;***
29120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21710 32133
29121 ;;;;;; 813298 160000))
29122 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29124 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29125 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29126 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29127 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29128 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29129 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29131 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29133 ;;;***
29135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21710 32133
29136 ;;;;;; 813298 160000))
29137 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29139 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29140 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29141 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29143 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29145 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29146 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29147 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29148 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29150 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29152 ;;;***
29154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21710 32133 813298
29155 ;;;;;; 160000))
29156 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29158 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29159 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29160 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29162 If t, all messages will be logged.
29163 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29164 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29166 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29168 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29171 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29173 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29176 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29178 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29179 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29180 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29181 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29182 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29183 & ==> &amp;
29184 < ==> &lt;
29185 > ==> &gt;
29186 \" ==> &quot;
29188 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29190 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29191 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29192 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29194 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29196 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29197 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29198 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29200 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29202 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29203 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29205 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29207 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29208 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29210 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29212 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29213 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29215 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29217 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29220 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29222 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29225 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29227 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29229 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29230 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29232 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29234 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29235 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29237 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29239 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29242 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29244 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29245 Build a query-string.
29247 Given a QUERY in the form:
29248 '((key1 val1)
29249 (key2 val2)
29250 (key3 val1 val2)
29251 (key4)
29252 (key5 \"\"))
29254 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29256 This will return a string
29257 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29258 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29259 be used.
29261 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29263 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29264 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29266 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29268 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29269 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29270 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29271 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29272 forbidden in URL encoding.
29274 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29276 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29277 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29278 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29279 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29280 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29281 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29283 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29284 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29285 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29286 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29288 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29290 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29291 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29292 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29293 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29294 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29295 should return it unchanged.
29297 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29299 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29300 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29301 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29302 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29304 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29306 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29307 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29308 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29310 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29312 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29313 View the current document's URL.
29314 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29315 the minibuffer.
29317 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29319 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29321 ;;;***
29323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21710 32133 814298
29324 ;;;;;; 165000))
29325 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29327 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29328 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29329 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29330 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29331 to refrain from editing the file
29332 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29333 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29334 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29335 in any way you like.
29337 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29339 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29340 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29341 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29342 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29343 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29345 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29346 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29348 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29350 ;;;***
29352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21710 32133
29353 ;;;;;; 571296 901000))
29354 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29356 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29359 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29361 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29364 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29366 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29369 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29371 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29374 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29376 ;;;***
29378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21710 32133 552296 802000))
29379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29381 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29382 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29384 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29386 ;;;***
29388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21710 32133
29389 ;;;;;; 608297 94000))
29390 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29392 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29393 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29394 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29395 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29397 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29399 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29400 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29401 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29403 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29405 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29406 Uudecode region between START and END.
29407 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29409 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29411 ;;;***
29413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21710 32133 828298 237000))
29414 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29416 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29417 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29418 See `run-hooks'.")
29420 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29422 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29423 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29424 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29426 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29428 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29429 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29430 See `run-hooks'.")
29432 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29434 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29435 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29436 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29437 same state. If not, signal an error.
29439 For merging-based version control systems:
29440 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29441 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29442 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29443 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29444 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29445 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29447 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29448 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29449 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29450 the file(s) for editing.
29451 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29452 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29453 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29454 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29455 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29457 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29459 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29460 Register into a version control system.
29461 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29462 Otherwise register the current file.
29463 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29465 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29466 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29467 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29468 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29469 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29470 first backend that could register the file is used.
29472 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29474 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29475 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29477 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29479 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29480 Display diffs between file revisions.
29481 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29482 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29483 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29485 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29486 saving the buffer.
29488 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29490 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29491 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29492 repository history using ediff.
29494 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29496 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29497 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29498 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29499 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29500 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29502 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29503 saving the buffer.
29505 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29507 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29508 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29509 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29510 fileset with the working revision.
29511 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29512 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29514 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29515 saving the buffer.
29517 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29519 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29520 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29521 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29523 \(fn)" nil nil)
29525 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29526 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29527 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29528 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29530 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29532 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29533 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29534 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29535 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29537 \(fn)" t nil)
29539 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29540 Perform a version control merge operation.
29541 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29542 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29543 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29544 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29546 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29547 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29548 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29549 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29550 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29551 changes from the current branch.
29553 \(fn)" t nil)
29555 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29557 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29558 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29559 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29560 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29561 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29562 checked out in that new branch.
29564 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29566 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29567 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29568 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29569 named branch in the directory DIR.
29570 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29571 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29572 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29573 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29574 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29575 allowed and simply skipped).
29577 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29579 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29580 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29581 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29582 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29583 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29585 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29586 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29588 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29590 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29591 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29592 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29593 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29594 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29596 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29598 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29599 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29600 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29602 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29604 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29605 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29606 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29608 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29610 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29611 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29613 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29615 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29616 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29617 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29618 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29620 \(fn)" t nil)
29622 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29624 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29625 Update the current fileset or branch.
29626 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29627 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29628 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29629 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29631 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29632 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29633 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29634 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29635 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29639 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29641 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29642 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29643 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29644 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29645 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29646 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29647 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29649 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29651 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29652 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29653 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29654 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29655 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29656 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29657 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29658 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29659 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29661 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29663 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29664 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29665 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29666 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29668 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29670 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29671 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29672 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29673 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29675 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29677 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29678 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29679 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29680 directory.
29682 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29684 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29685 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29686 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29688 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29689 log entries should be gathered.
29691 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29693 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29694 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29696 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29698 ;;;***
29700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21710 32133
29701 ;;;;;; 823298 212000))
29702 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29704 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29705 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29707 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29708 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29709 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29710 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29711 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29712 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29714 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29715 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29716 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29717 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29718 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29719 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29720 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29721 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29723 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29725 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29727 Customization variables:
29729 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29730 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29731 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29732 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29733 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29734 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29736 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29738 ;;;***
29740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21710 32133 824298
29741 ;;;;;; 217000))
29742 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29744 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29745 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29747 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29748 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29749 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29750 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29751 (progn
29752 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29753 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29755 ;;;***
29757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21710 32133 824298
29758 ;;;;;; 217000))
29759 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29760 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29761 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29762 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29763 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29764 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29765 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29767 ;;;***
29769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21710 32133 825298
29770 ;;;;;; 222000))
29771 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29773 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29774 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29775 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29776 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29777 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29779 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29780 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29781 The file lines appear later.
29783 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29784 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29786 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29788 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29790 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29792 ;;;***
29794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21710
29795 ;;;;;; 32133 825298 222000))
29796 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29798 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29799 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29800 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29801 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29802 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29803 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29804 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29805 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29806 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29807 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29808 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29809 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29810 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29811 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29812 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29814 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29816 ;;;***
29818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21710 32133 825298
29819 ;;;;;; 222000))
29820 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29821 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29822 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29823 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29824 (progn
29825 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29826 (vc-git-registered file))))
29828 ;;;***
29830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21710 32133 826298 227000))
29831 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29832 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29833 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29834 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29835 (progn
29836 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29837 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29839 ;;;***
29841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21710 32133 826298
29842 ;;;;;; 227000))
29843 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29845 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29846 Name of the monotone directory.")
29848 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29849 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29850 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29851 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29852 (progn
29853 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29854 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29856 ;;;***
29858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21710 32133 827298
29859 ;;;;;; 232000))
29860 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29862 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29863 Where to look for RCS master files.
29864 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29866 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29868 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29870 ;;;***
29872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21710 32133 827298
29873 ;;;;;; 232000))
29874 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29876 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29877 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29878 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29880 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29882 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29884 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29885 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29886 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29887 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29889 ;;;***
29891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21710 32133 827298
29892 ;;;;;; 232000))
29893 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
29895 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
29896 Where to look for SRC master files.
29897 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29899 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
29901 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
29903 ;;;***
29905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21710 32133 827298
29906 ;;;;;; 232000))
29907 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29908 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29909 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29910 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29911 "_svn")
29912 (t ".svn"))))
29913 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29914 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29915 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29917 ;;;***
29919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21710
29920 ;;;;;; 32133 757297 868000))
29921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29922 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29923 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29925 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29926 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29928 Usage:
29929 ------
29931 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29932 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29933 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29934 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29936 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29937 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29938 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29939 completions.
29941 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29942 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29944 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29945 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29947 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29948 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29949 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29951 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29954 Maintenance:
29955 ------------
29957 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29958 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29960 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29962 Official distribution is at
29963 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29966 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29967 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29969 Key bindings:
29970 -------------
29972 \\{vera-mode-map}
29974 \(fn)" t nil)
29976 ;;;***
29978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29979 ;;;;;; (21710 32133 761297 889000))
29980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29982 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29983 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29984 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29985 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29986 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29988 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29990 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29991 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29993 Supports highlighting.
29995 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29996 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29998 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30000 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30001 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30002 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30003 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30004 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30005 on the left side of your screen.
30006 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30007 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30008 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30009 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30010 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30011 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30012 function keyword.
30013 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30014 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30015 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30016 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30017 if (a)
30018 begin
30019 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30020 Indentation for case statements.
30021 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30022 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30023 mark after an end.
30024 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30025 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30026 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30027 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30028 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30029 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30030 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30031 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30032 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30033 if (a)
30034 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30035 otherwise you get:
30036 if (a)
30037 begin
30038 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30039 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30040 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30041 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30042 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30043 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30044 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30045 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30046 comments in tight quarters.
30047 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30048 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30050 Variables controlling other actions:
30052 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30053 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30054 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30056 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30058 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30060 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30061 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30062 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30064 Some other functions are:
30066 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30067 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30068 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30069 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30070 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30072 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30073 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30074 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30075 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30077 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30078 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30079 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30080 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30081 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30082 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30083 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30084 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30085 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30086 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30087 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30088 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30089 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30090 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30091 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30092 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30093 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30094 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30095 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30096 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30097 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30098 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30099 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30100 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30101 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30102 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30103 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30104 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30105 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30106 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30107 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30109 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30110 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30112 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30114 \(fn)" t nil)
30116 ;;;***
30118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21710
30119 ;;;;;; 32133 765297 910000))
30120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30122 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30123 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30125 Usage:
30126 ------
30128 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30129 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30130 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30131 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30132 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30133 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30134 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30135 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30136 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30138 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30139 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30140 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30141 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30143 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30144 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30145 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30146 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30147 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30149 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30150 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30153 HEADER INSERTION:
30154 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30155 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30156 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30159 STUTTERING:
30160 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30161 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30162 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30163 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30165 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30166 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30167 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30168 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30169 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30172 WORD COMPLETION:
30173 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30174 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30175 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30176 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30178 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30179 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30180 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30181 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30182 beginning with \"std\").
30184 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30185 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30186 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30187 stop.
30190 COMMENTS:
30191 `--' puts a single comment.
30192 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30193 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30194 with a comment in between.
30195 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30196 out following lines.
30197 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30198 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30199 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30200 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30202 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30203 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30204 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30205 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30206 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30207 non-nil.
30209 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30210 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30211 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30212 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30213 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30214 multi-line comments.
30217 INDENTATION:
30218 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30219 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30220 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30221 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30222 the entire region.
30224 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30225 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30226 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30227 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30229 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30230 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30231 and vice versa.
30233 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30234 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30236 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30237 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30238 line.
30241 ALIGNMENT:
30242 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30243 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30244 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30245 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30246 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30247 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30248 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30249 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30251 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30252 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30253 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30254 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30255 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30256 is non-nil.
30258 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30259 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30260 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30262 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30263 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30266 CODE FILLING:
30267 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30268 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30269 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30270 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30271 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30272 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30275 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30276 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30277 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30278 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30279 command:
30281 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30284 PORT TRANSLATION:
30285 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30286 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30287 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30288 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30289 internal signal initializations (menu).
30291 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30292 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30293 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30295 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30296 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30297 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30298 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30299 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30300 in subsequent paste operations.)
30302 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30303 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30304 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30307 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30308 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30309 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30310 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30311 association list with formals).
30314 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30315 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30316 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30317 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30318 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30319 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30320 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30321 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30322 `vhdl-testbench'.
30325 KEY BINDINGS:
30326 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30329 VHDL MENU:
30330 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30333 FILE BROWSER:
30334 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30335 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30336 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30338 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30339 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30342 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30343 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30344 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30345 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30347 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30348 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30349 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30351 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30352 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30353 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30354 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30356 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30357 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30358 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30359 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30360 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30362 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30363 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30364 required by secondary units.
30367 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30368 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30369 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30370 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30371 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30372 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30373 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30374 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30375 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30376 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30377 inputs to this component -> input port created
30378 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30379 outputs from this component -> output port created
30380 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30381 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30383 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30384 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30385 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30386 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30387 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30389 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30390 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30392 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30393 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30394 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30395 component instantiation is also supported (option
30396 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30398 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30399 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30400 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30401 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30402 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30403 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30404 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30405 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30406 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30407 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30408 generating the configuration.
30410 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30411 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30412 configurations in speedbar.
30414 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30417 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30418 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30419 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30420 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30421 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30422 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30423 information. New compilers can be added.
30425 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30426 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30429 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30430 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30431 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30432 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30433 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30435 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30436 command:
30438 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30439 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30440 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30442 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30443 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30444 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30445 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30446 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30447 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30448 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30449 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30450 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30452 Limitations:
30453 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30454 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30455 not (yet) supported.
30456 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30457 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30458 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30461 PROJECTS:
30462 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30463 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30464 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30465 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30466 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30467 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30468 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30469 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30471 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30472 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30473 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30474 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30475 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30476 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30477 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30478 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30479 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30480 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30481 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30484 SPECIAL MENUES:
30485 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30486 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30487 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30488 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30489 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30490 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30491 current directory for VHDL source files.
30494 VHDL STANDARDS:
30495 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30496 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30499 KEYWORD CASE:
30500 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30501 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30502 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30503 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30504 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30505 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30506 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30507 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30510 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30511 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30512 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30513 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30514 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30515 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30516 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30518 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30519 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30520 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30521 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30522 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30523 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30525 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30526 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30527 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30528 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30529 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30530 visually.
30532 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30533 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30534 highlighted if written in lower case.
30536 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30537 highlighted using a different background color if option
30538 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30540 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30541 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30542 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30543 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30544 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30547 USER MODELS:
30548 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30549 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30550 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30553 HIDE/SHOW:
30554 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30555 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30556 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30557 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30558 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30561 CODE UPDATING:
30562 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30563 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30564 Limitations:
30565 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30566 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30567 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30568 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30569 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30570 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30571 (used to obtain the port names).
30572 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30573 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30574 sensitivity lists.
30577 CODE FIXING:
30578 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30579 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30582 PRINTING:
30583 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30584 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30585 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30586 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30587 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30588 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30589 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30590 printers.
30593 OPTIONS:
30594 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30595 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30596 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30597 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30598 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30600 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30601 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30602 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30603 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30604 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30605 INSTALL file).
30607 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30608 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30611 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30612 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30613 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30614 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30616 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30619 HINTS:
30620 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30621 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30623 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30625 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30627 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30630 RELEASE NOTES:
30631 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30634 Maintenance:
30635 ------------
30637 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30638 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30640 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30642 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30643 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30644 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30645 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30647 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30648 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30649 where the latest version can be found.
30652 Known problems:
30653 ---------------
30655 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30656 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30657 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30658 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30661 The VHDL Mode Authors
30662 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30664 Key bindings:
30665 -------------
30667 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30669 \(fn)" t nil)
30671 ;;;***
30673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21710
30674 ;;;;;; 32133 583296 964000))
30675 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30677 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30678 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30680 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30682 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30683 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30684 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30685 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30687 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30689 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30690 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30692 \(fn)" t nil)
30694 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30695 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30696 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30697 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30699 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30701 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30702 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30704 \(fn)" t nil)
30706 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30709 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30711 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30714 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30716 ;;;***
30718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21710 32133 829298 243000))
30719 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30721 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30722 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30723 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30725 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30727 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30728 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30729 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30730 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30732 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30734 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30735 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30737 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30739 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30740 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30741 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30742 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30743 moving around in the buffer.
30744 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30745 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30747 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30749 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30751 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30752 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30753 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30754 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30756 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30757 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30758 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30759 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30760 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30762 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30764 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30766 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30767 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30768 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30769 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30770 buffer.
30772 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30773 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30774 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30775 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30776 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30778 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30780 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30782 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30783 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30784 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30785 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30786 moving around in the buffer.
30787 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30788 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30790 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30792 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30793 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30794 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30796 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30797 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30798 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30799 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30801 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30802 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30803 own View-like bindings.
30805 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30807 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30808 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30809 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30810 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30811 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30812 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30813 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30815 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30817 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30819 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30820 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30821 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30823 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30824 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30825 own View-like bindings.
30827 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30829 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30830 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30831 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30832 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30833 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30834 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30835 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30837 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30839 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30841 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30842 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30843 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30845 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30846 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30847 own View-like bindings.
30849 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30851 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30852 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30853 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30854 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30855 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30857 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30858 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30859 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30860 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30862 \\<view-mode-map>
30864 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30865 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30866 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30867 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30868 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30869 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30870 to a repeat count of one.
30872 H, h, ? This message.
30873 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30874 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30875 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30876 > move to the end of buffer.
30877 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30878 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30879 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30880 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30881 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30882 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30883 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30884 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30885 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30886 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30887 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30888 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30889 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30890 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30891 Use this to view a changing file.
30892 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30893 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30894 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30895 . set the mark.
30896 x exchanges point and mark.
30897 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30898 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30899 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30900 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30901 ' go to position saved in character register.
30902 s do forward incremental search.
30903 r do reverse incremental search.
30904 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30905 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30906 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30907 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30908 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30909 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30910 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30911 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30912 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30913 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30914 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30915 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30916 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30917 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30918 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30919 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30920 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30922 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30923 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30924 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30925 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30926 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30927 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30928 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30929 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30930 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30932 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30934 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30936 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30937 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30938 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30939 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30940 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30941 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30942 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30943 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30944 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30946 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30948 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30950 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30951 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30952 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30953 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30954 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30955 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30957 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30958 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
30959 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30961 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30963 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30965 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30967 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30968 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30970 \(fn)" t nil)
30972 ;;;***
30974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21710 32133 475296
30975 ;;;;;; 402000))
30976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30977 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30979 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
30980 Toggle Viper on/off.
30981 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30983 \(fn)" t nil)
30985 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
30986 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30988 \(fn)" t nil)
30990 ;;;***
30992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21710
30993 ;;;;;; 32133 468296 366000))
30994 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30996 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30997 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30998 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30999 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31000 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31001 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31002 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31003 the beginning of the warning.")
31005 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31006 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31007 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31008 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31009 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31010 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31011 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31012 also call that function before the next warning.")
31014 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31015 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31017 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31018 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31019 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31020 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31022 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31023 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31024 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31025 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31026 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31027 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31029 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31030 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31031 Default is :warning.
31033 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31034 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31035 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31036 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31037 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31038 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31040 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31041 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31042 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31044 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31046 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31047 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31049 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31051 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31052 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31053 \\<special-mode-map>
31054 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31055 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31057 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31058 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31059 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31060 can be whatever you like.)
31062 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31063 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31065 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31066 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31067 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31068 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31069 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31071 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31073 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31074 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31075 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31076 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31077 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31079 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31081 ;;;***
31083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21710 32133 830298 248000))
31084 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31085 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31087 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31088 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31089 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31090 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31091 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31092 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31093 directories to reflect your edits.
31095 See `wdired-mode'.
31097 \(fn)" t nil)
31099 ;;;***
31101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21710 32133 644297
31102 ;;;;;; 281000))
31103 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31105 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31106 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31108 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31109 hotlist.
31111 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31112 <nwv@acm.org>.
31114 \(fn)" t nil)
31116 ;;;***
31118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21710
31119 ;;;;;; 32133 765297 910000))
31120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31121 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31122 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31124 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31126 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31127 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31128 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31131 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31133 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31135 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31136 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31137 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31138 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31139 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31141 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31142 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31143 in certain major modes.
31145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31147 ;;;***
31149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21710 32133 830298
31150 ;;;;;; 248000))
31151 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31152 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31154 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31155 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31156 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31157 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31158 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31160 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31161 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31165 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31166 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31167 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31168 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31169 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31171 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31172 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31173 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31174 use `whitespace-mode'.
31176 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31178 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31180 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31181 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31182 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31183 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31184 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31185 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31187 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31189 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31190 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31191 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31192 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31193 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31195 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31196 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31200 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31201 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31202 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31204 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31205 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31207 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31209 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31210 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31211 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31212 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31213 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31215 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31216 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31217 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31218 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31220 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31224 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31225 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31227 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31228 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31230 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31231 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31233 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31235 CHAR MEANING
31236 (VIA FACES)
31237 f toggle face visualization
31238 t toggle TAB visualization
31239 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31240 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31241 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31242 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31243 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31244 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31245 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31246 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31247 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31248 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31249 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31250 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31251 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31252 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31253 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31254 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31256 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31257 T toggle TAB visualization
31258 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31259 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31261 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31262 ? display brief help
31264 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31265 The valid symbols are:
31267 face toggle face visualization
31268 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31269 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31270 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31271 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31272 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31273 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31274 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31275 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31276 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31277 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31278 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31279 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31280 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31281 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31282 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31283 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31284 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31286 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31287 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31288 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31290 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31292 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31294 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31296 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31297 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31299 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31300 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31302 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31303 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31305 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31307 CHAR MEANING
31308 (VIA FACES)
31309 f toggle face visualization
31310 t toggle TAB visualization
31311 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31312 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31313 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31314 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31315 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31316 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31317 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31318 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31319 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31320 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31321 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31322 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31323 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31324 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31325 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31326 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31328 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31329 T toggle TAB visualization
31330 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31331 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31333 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31334 ? display brief help
31336 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31337 The valid symbols are:
31339 face toggle face visualization
31340 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31341 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31342 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31343 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31344 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31345 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31346 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31347 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31348 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31349 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31350 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31351 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31352 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31353 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31354 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31355 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31356 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31358 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31359 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31360 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31362 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31364 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31366 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31368 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31369 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31371 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31372 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31373 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31374 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31375 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31377 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31379 The problems cleaned up are:
31381 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31382 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31383 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31384 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31386 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31387 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31388 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31389 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31390 SPACEs.
31391 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31392 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31393 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31394 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31396 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31397 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31398 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31399 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31400 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31401 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31402 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31403 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31405 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31406 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31407 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31409 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31410 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31411 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31412 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31413 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31414 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31415 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31416 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31418 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31419 documentation.
31421 \(fn)" t nil)
31423 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31424 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31426 The problems cleaned up are:
31428 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31429 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31430 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31431 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31432 SPACEs.
31433 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31434 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31435 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31436 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31438 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31439 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31440 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31441 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31442 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31443 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31444 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31445 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31447 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31448 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31449 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31451 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31452 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31453 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31454 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31455 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31456 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31457 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31458 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31460 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31461 documentation.
31463 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31465 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31466 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31468 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31470 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31472 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31473 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31475 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31476 non-nil.
31478 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31479 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31480 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31482 empty
31483 trailing
31484 indentation
31485 space-before-tab
31486 space-after-tab
31488 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31489 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31490 report problems.
31492 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31494 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31495 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31496 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31497 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31498 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31499 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31500 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31502 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31503 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31504 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31505 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31506 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31507 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31508 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31510 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31511 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31512 cleaning up these problems.
31514 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31516 ;;;***
31518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21710 32133 830298
31519 ;;;;;; 248000))
31520 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31522 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31523 Browse the widget under point.
31525 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31527 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31528 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31530 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31532 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31533 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31535 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31537 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31538 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31539 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31540 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31541 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31545 ;;;***
31547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21710 32133 831298
31548 ;;;;;; 253000))
31549 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31551 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31552 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31554 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31556 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31557 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31558 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31560 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31562 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31563 Create widget of TYPE.
31564 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31566 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31568 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31569 Delete WIDGET.
31571 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31573 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31574 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31576 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31578 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31579 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31580 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31581 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31583 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31584 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31586 \(fn)" nil nil)
31588 ;;;***
31590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21710 32133 832298
31591 ;;;;;; 258000))
31592 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31594 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31595 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31596 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31597 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31598 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31599 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31600 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31604 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31605 Select the window above the current one.
31606 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31607 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31608 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31609 negative ARG) of the current window.
31610 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31614 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31615 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31616 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31617 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31618 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31619 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31620 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31624 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31625 Select the window below the current one.
31626 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31627 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31628 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31629 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31630 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31632 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31634 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31635 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31636 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31637 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31639 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31641 ;;;***
31643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21710 32133 834298 269000))
31644 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31646 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31647 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31648 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31651 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31653 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31655 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31656 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31657 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31658 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31659 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31660 \\{winner-mode-map}
31662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31664 ;;;***
31666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21710 32133 835298 274000))
31667 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31668 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31670 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31671 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31672 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31673 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31674 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31676 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31678 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31679 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31680 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31681 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31682 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31683 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31684 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31685 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31687 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31688 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31690 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31692 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31693 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31695 \(fn)" t nil)
31697 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31698 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31699 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31700 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31701 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31702 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31703 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31704 `woman' command for further details.
31706 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31708 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31709 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31711 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31713 ;;;***
31715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21710 32133 836298 279000))
31716 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31718 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31719 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31720 Return the top node with all its children.
31721 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31723 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31724 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31725 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31727 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31729 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31730 namespace to URIs instead.
31732 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31733 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31735 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31737 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31739 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31741 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31742 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31743 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31744 not contain well-formed XML.
31746 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31747 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31748 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31749 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31750 element of the list.
31751 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31752 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31753 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31755 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31757 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31758 namespace to URIs instead.
31760 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31761 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31763 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31765 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31767 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31769 ;;;***
31771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21710 32133 649297
31772 ;;;;;; 307000))
31773 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31775 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31776 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31777 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31778 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31779 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31780 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31781 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31782 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31783 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31784 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31786 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31788 ;;;***
31790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21710 32133 765297
31791 ;;;;;; 910000))
31792 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
31794 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
31795 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
31797 \(fn)" t nil)
31799 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
31800 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
31802 \(fn)" nil nil)
31804 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
31805 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
31806 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
31807 prompt for it.
31809 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31811 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
31812 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
31814 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31816 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
31817 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
31819 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31821 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
31822 Find references to the identifier at point.
31823 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
31825 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
31827 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
31828 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
31829 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
31831 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
31832 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
31833 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
31834 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
31835 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
31836 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
31838 ;;;***
31840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21710 32133 836298
31841 ;;;;;; 279000))
31842 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31844 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31845 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31846 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31848 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31849 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31851 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31853 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31854 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31855 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31856 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31857 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31859 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31860 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31861 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31862 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31863 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31864 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31868 ;;;***
31870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21710 32133 552296 802000))
31871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31873 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31874 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31876 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31878 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31879 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31881 \(fn)" nil nil)
31883 ;;;***
31885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21710 32133 709297 619000))
31886 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31888 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31889 Zone out, completely.
31891 \(fn)" t nil)
31893 ;;;***
31895 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31896 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31897 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31898 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31899 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31900 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31901 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31902 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31903 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31904 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31905 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31906 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31907 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31908 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31909 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31910 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31911 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31912 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31913 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31914 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31915 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31916 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31917 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31918 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
31919 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
31920 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31921 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31922 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31923 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31924 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31925 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31926 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31927 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31928 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31929 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31930 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31931 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
31932 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
31933 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
31934 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
31935 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
31936 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
31937 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
31938 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
31939 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
31940 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31941 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31942 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31943 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31944 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31945 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31946 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31947 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31948 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
31949 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
31950 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
31951 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
31952 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
31953 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
31954 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31955 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31956 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31957 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31958 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
31959 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
31960 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
31961 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
31962 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31963 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31964 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21710 33148 175417
32114 ;;;;;; 782000))
32116 ;;;***
32118 (provide 'loaddefs)
32119 ;; Local Variables:
32120 ;; version-control: never
32121 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32122 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32123 ;; coding: utf-8
32124 ;; End:
32125 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here